Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances / Davide Campari

Davide Campari

cpr · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cpr
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Davide Campari
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

a

r

p

e

t

r

i

g

h

t

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Annual report and accounts 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
Index 

Strategic report
Chairman’s statement
Our market
Our business model
Chief Executive’s review
Measuring our performance
Financial review
Managing risk
Principal risks and uncertainties
Corporate responsibility

Directors’ report
Corporate governance
Board of Directors
Audit Committee report
Directors’ remuneration report
Other information

Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Statements of changes in equity

Balance sheets
Statements of cash flow
Notes to the financial statements
Group five-year financial summary
Independent auditors’ report 

Shareholder information
Calendar
Advisers

59
59
60

61
62
63
97
98

107
107

1
2
3
4
8
9
18
21
24

26
29
30
35
56

Carpetright is Europe’s leading specialist floorcoverings  
retailer in the domestic home improvement sector. 
Our primary business objective is to help customers 
transform their homes using our products and services, 
whether they choose to shop with us in-store or by using 
our online platforms. 
Our multi-channel proposition will maximise value for our 
shareholders by delivering long-term sustainable growth 
in earnings per share and cash flow.

We’re honest and straightforward
We care about our customers and colleagues 
We make it easy 

This Strategic Report was  
approved by the Board of 
Directors on 26 June 2018 
and was signed on its  
behalf by Jeremy Sampson 
– Company Secretary and 
Legal Director.

More online
This report, along with our other 
announcements and stakeholder 
information, can be found on our 
corporate website: carpetright.plc.uk

Strategic report 

Chairman’s statement 

Bob Ivell 
Chairman 

Overview 
It has been an exceptionally challenging 
year for Carpetright, characterised  
by continued political and economic 
turbulence and a sharp downturn in 
consumer spending, most noticeably in  
the post-Christmas trading period.  Despite 
the Group continuing to make progress in 
implementing the programme of strategic 
initiatives to extend the appeal of the brand, 
it became clear that it could no longer 
continue to withstand the significant  
legacy issues within its property estate.   

After issuing a trading update on 1 March 
2018, it became necessary for the Board to 
examine the feasibility of a range of options.  
These included the disposal of assets and 
additional sources of funding, intended to 
stabilise its financial position and rationalise 
its store estate. 

Having felt that none of these alone  
would be sufficient, on 12 April 2018,  
the Company announced that it proposed 
to implement a Company Voluntary 
Arrangement or ‘CVA’, with a clear  
objective to establish a right-sized and  
right-rented estate of contemporary stores, 
complemented with a strong online offer  
to restore the viability of the Company.   
At the same time, it announced its intention, 
subject to and following the approval of the 
CVA, to raise net proceeds of not less than 
£60 million through a proposed Placing  
and Open Offer which was launched on  
18 May 2018 and successfully concluded  
8 June 2018.  

The Board is confident that its brand 
investment and store refurbishment 
strategies have been, and will continue to 
be, successful in enabling the Company 
to respond to increased competition and 
a challenging macroeconomic environment. 
The proceeds from the Placing and Open 
Offer will give the Company the necessary 
resources to complete the restructuring 
and accelerate the recovery plan – both 
vital investments in Carpetright’s future.   

Results and dividend 
Total revenue for the year ended 28 April 
2018 decreased by 3.0% to £443.8m 
(2017: £457.6m), reflecting further store 
closures as we continued to rationalise our 
estate.  In challenging market conditions, 
UK like-for-like sales declined by 3.6% with 
an increase of 1.2% in the Rest of Europe. 
Underlying profit before tax decreased by 
160.4% to a £8.7m loss (2017: £14.4m 
profit).  After the impact of separately 
reported items, statutory loss before 
tax was £70.5m (2017: £0.9m profit). 
Underlying earnings per share decreased 
to a 6.8p loss (2017: 16.4p earnings per 
share) and basic earnings per share were 
94.6p loss (2017: 1.0p earnings per share). 

The Board continue to prioritise the 
use of cash for the fulfilment of the CVA, 
subsequent redundancies and in the 
acceleration of the strategy by investing 
further in the remaining store estate.   
As a result, it has taken the decision not  
to pay a final dividend (2017: £nil).  Based  
on our current outlook we do not expect 
this position to change in the current 
financial year. 

The Board 
The composition of the Board was 
unchanged in the year.  Much of our time,  
in the first half, has been spent overseeing 
the implementation of multiple strategic 
initiatives, and latterly on overseeing the 
Company Voluntary Arrangement proposal 
and Placing and Open Offer.  Further details 
of the Board’s work can be found in the 
Directors’ report starting on page 26 of this 
Annual Report. 

Our people 
On behalf of the Board, I would like to offer 
thanks to the more than 3,000 colleagues 
working in our stores, distribution centre 
and support offices for their hard work and 
dedication across what has been a difficult 
year.  I am truly sorry that the Group’s 
proposed restructuring following the CVA 
and Placing and Open Offer will, inevitably, 
result in store closures and the loss of 
those valued colleagues who cannot be 
redeployed.  Unfortunately, this is essential 
to protecting the remaining roles. 

Summary and outlook 
We are expecting the consumer 
environment to remain equally testing  
in the year ahead as the uncertainties 
created by the UK’s decision to leave  
the EU persist.  Delivering a turnaround  
in these conditions is not easy, but we 
remain confident that the strategic plan we 
are implementing will ensure the business 
better capitalises on its market leading 
position and provides resilience against 
weaker trading conditions. 

While we cannot control external 
market conditions, we believe that a 
recapitalised Carpetright will ultimately 
be better for customers, suppliers, 
landlords, shareholders and colleagues.  
Alongside the fulfilment of the CVA, we 
have a wide-ranging programme of self-
help measures on which to concentrate 
and we believe these have significant 
potential to improve the performance of 
the Group.  I am confident that these will 
deliver long-term profitable growth for the 
benefit of our shareholders. 

Bob Ivell 
Chairman

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

1
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  1 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
Strategic report continued 

Our market 

Overview 
The Group has a specialist focus on the 
domestic floorcoverings markets in the UK, 
Netherlands, Belgium and the Republic of 
Ireland.  The Group also offers a selected 
range of beds in the UK, and curtains and 
blinds in the UK, Netherlands and Belgium, 
giving access to other segments of the 
home furnishings sector. 

Product ranges 
Whilst carpet remains the dominant  
product category in floorcoverings, we  
have historically over-indexed on carpet 
product ranges relative to wider market 
preferences.  We continue to redress this 
bias by substantially extending our offer  
in the hard flooring area to better reflect 
consumer tastes. 

Clear market leader 
The floorcoverings market in the UK  
and Europe is highly fragmented and  
the Group’s competition is comprised 
primarily of a wide variety of independent 
local businesses and a number of national 
and regional DIY and specialist retailers.  
With respect to the UK in particular, the 
floorcoverings market is broken down  
into the following segments: national 
floorcoverings specialists such as ourselves, 
independents that are typically single store 
operations; and DIY & Furniture specialists. 

Carpetright is the clear market leader with 
approximately 20 percent share of the 
estimated £2.0 billion per annum market  
for domestic floorcoverings in the UK for  
the calendar year to December 2018 (as 
estimated by GlobalData).  By comparison, 
the next highest-ranking competitor had 
approximately 7 percent market share  
by value. 

Demand drivers 
The segment is principally driven by  
three key factors: consumer confidence, 
consumer credit availability and housing 
market activity. 

  consumer confidence: levels  

of consumer spending are influenced  
by general consumer confidence,  
which in turn is affected by several 
macroeconomic factors, including 
employment levels, economic growth, 
household disposable income and 
interest rates. 

  consumer credit availability: 

floorcoverings, particularly in the context 
of refurbishment, typically involve a 
discretionary outlay by the consumer, 
such that the availability of consumer 
credit can facilitate premium purchases 
and upselling. 

  level of housing market activity:  
retail demand for floorcoverings is 
influenced by the number of house 
moves which often gives rise to large 
volume purchases, and accordingly  
such purchases are underpinned by the 
strength of the prevailing housing market. 

Market conditions 
Since 2016 UK disposable incomes  
and consumer confidence have declined,  
which has had a negative impact on UK 
consumer spending.  The Directors believe 
this ongoing trend was a contributing factor 
to the significant deterioration in UK trading 
experienced by the Company in the 2018 
post-Christmas trading period.  

The Group is expecting the consumer 
environment to remain equally testing in the 
year ahead as the uncertainties created by 
the UK’s decision to leave the EU persist.  

Whilst macroeconomic indicators in 
Belgium remained fragile, the Netherlands 
and the Republic of Ireland experienced  
a recovery in market conditions with an 
increase in reported consumer confidence 
and encouraging economic benchmarks. 

UK floorcoverings market size1

GfK consumer confidence index2 

n
b
£

e
z

i

s

t
e
k
r
a
m
K
U

i

%
x
m
y
r
o
g
e
t
a
C

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

2.0

2.1

2.1

2.3

2.1

2.0

2.0

-1.0

-1.4

-0.8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

10

5

0

-5

-10

%
e
t
a
r
h
t
w
o
r
g
r
a
e
y
-
n
o
-
r
a
e
Y

UK floorcoverings market by category3

100

%
6
8

75

50

25

0

%
8
.
3
5

Carpet

%
8
3
1

.

%
4
0
Wood

.

%
5
9

.

%
0
4

.

%
6
7

.

%
5
8

.

Laminate

Vinyl

%
0
8

.

.

%
1
1
Rugs

%
1
7

.

.

%
0
0
Tiles

Market

Carpetright

Sources:  1.  GlobalData,  2.  GfK,  3.  GlobalData,  4.  HMRC

2
2 

|  Annual report and accounts 2018
|  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

e
c
n
e
d
fi
n
o
c

r
e
m
u
s
n
o
C

10

0

-10

-20

-30

-40

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

UK housing transactions  
(rolling 12 months, over £40k)4

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

40,000

2008

%

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Rolling 12 month total transactions

2014

2015
Growth rate

2016

2017

2018

%
e
t
a
r

h
t
w
o
r
g
r
a
e
y
-
n
o
-
r
a
e
Y

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business model 

We want to help our customers transform their homes.  We will achieve this by delivering  
our products and services and in doing so create value for our customers, our shareholders,  
our colleagues and our suppliers. 

Our customers 

The journey starts by understanding 
our customers’ needs 

  We meet those needs every step of 

  We achieve this by delivering on 

the way 

our strategy 

Confidence in dealing with a retailer  
which provides an enjoyable shopping 
experience, has a good reputation and in 
whom they can trust 

  We are honest and straightforward 
and we care about customers and 
colleagues 

  Who we are: We are working hard to 

transform our brand, culture, values and 
corporate identity 

See p4 for more information 

Offers a great range of floorcoverings to 
choose from within their budget 

  We provide inspirational ranges across 
the spectrum of product categories, 
that meet customers’ needs 

  What we sell: We are broadening our 
total floorcovering range to meet 
customer demand 

See p5 for more information  

Understand the value and quality of 
service they expect 

  We offer compelling value and easy 

payment methods alongside services 
that make selecting and installing new 
flooring an easy, pain-free process 

  How we sell: We are embedding 
product training, customer service 
standards, interest free credit and a host 
of other initiatives 

See p6 for more information 

Recognise that convenience and 
accessibility play a role 

  We operate national networks of stores, 

in each of the countries we trade, 
supported by country-specific 
transactional websites 

  Where we sell: We are repositioning our 
stores estate, allowing customers to 
access our products in a contemporary 
and welcoming retail environment 

See p6 for more information 

Value creation 

Customers 
We transform our customers’ 
homes with high quality, 
inspirational products and 
great value 

  Colleagues 

  Shareholders 

  Suppliers 

We provide a rewarding work 
environment which is fair, 
open, and provides 
opportunities to develop 

We are re-building the 
business to deliver long-term 
growth for the benefit of our 
shareholders 

We work collaboratively 
to bring great products 
to market 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

3
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  3 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Strategic report continued 

Chief Executive’s review 

It has been a very difficult financial year  
for our business.  After a disappointing first 
half, our Boxing Day sale started and never 
really got going.  With significantly increased 
competition and signs of a slowdown in 
consumer spending this left us exposed, 
particularly given our historically oversized 
and over-rented estate. 

While our multiple strategic initiatives 
to modernise, and improve the 
business continue to deliver substantial 
improvements to our KPIs and customer 
perception, we were ultimately unable 
to carry the weight of a long tail of 
underperforming stores on uneconomic 
legacy rents.  Profit warnings and a 
continued trend of slow trading meant that 
we were clearly going to be in the position 
of making a financial loss at the end of 
financial year 2018 and this left us in the 
unenviable position of needing to consider 
a much more radical restructuring via a 
Company Voluntary Arrangement (CVA) 
and recapitalisation of the business. 

Our historic property issues have always 
been the major challenge and I have made 
no secret of this in our previous Annual 
Reports and Accounts. 

Our historical approach of seeking 
assignations of leases, negotiating with 
landlords and offering incentives on a case-
by-case basis to exit sites was no longer 
viable and, in the end, we were timed out 
on this project once we experienced a 
severe downturn in trade post-Christmas –  
I discuss this in more detail under “Where 
we sell it”.  

None of this changes our strategy which is 
focusing exclusively on: 

  Who we are – our stores, the brand and 

our people 

  What we sell – an unrivalled choice of 

floorcoverings 

  How we sell – making the process  

easy with unbeatable value 
  Where we sell – multi-channel 

convenience and improving the quality 
of the store portfolio 

This strategy is supported by clear, 
uncomplicated principles that are 
applied consistently throughout the 
business, specifically: 

  We are honest and straightforward 
  We care about our customers and 

colleagues 

  We make it easy 

Who we are  
We are the clear market leader in 
floorcoverings in the UK with a significant 
double-digit market share. 

2018 Market share 

2018

Carpetright
20.1% 
B&Q
7.0% 
Wickes
4.9% 
John Lewis
3.7% 

United Carpets
3.1%  
Tapi
3.1%  
ScS
2.8%  
IKEA
2.8%  

Next
2.3%  
Homebase
1.7%   
Others
48.6%   

Source:  GlobalData, Feb 2018

We are also, by quite some way, 
the leader in terms of brand awareness, 
with a prompted brand awareness of 89% 
and a spontaneous brand awareness of 
63%, compared to only 78% and 19% 
respectively for our closest competitor. 

People know who we are, and the 
challenge is to improve consideration of 
Carpetright, increase footfall to our stores 
and to convert prospective shoppers into 
customers who choose to spend their hard-
earned disposable income with us.  Flooring 
is an infrequent purchase for most people 
and getting it right is hugely important. 

Refurbishment of the store estate and 
introduction of our new branding and 
contemporary store-fit remained a major 
focus during the year, although there was 

Wilf Walsh 
Chief Executive 

 “Completing the turnaround will take 
time and the road ahead remains a 
challenging one – but we now have 
the resources to fully fund our 
revised business plan.” 

4
4 

|  Annual report and accounts 2018
|  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What we sell  
Extensive market research explains how 
consumer tastes are changing and they  
tell us what they want to buy for their home 
transformations.  Hard flooring continues  
to become more popular and more 
innovations to product are taking place in 
this sector.  Even in such a difficult trading 
year we saw sales in the category grow  
by 9.2% like-for-like in the UK.  This area 
represents a big opportunity to grow our 
overall market share in floorcoverings.  

Market  

Carpet
58%

Hard flooring
42% 

Carpetright 

Carpet
86%

Hard flooring
14% 

Source:  GlobalData (excludes Tiles)

a significant reduction in capital spending 
activity post-Christmas.  By the end of 
April 2018, we had 227 stores in the 
UK trading under the new brand identity,  
some 55% of the estate, and we completed 
28 refurbishments during the year. 

Investment in our store estate has been 
crucial – our properties had been chronically 
underinvested for years and we have been 
implementing a programme of activity to  
get it fit for purpose and to create a  
modern shopping environment for our 
customers.  The strategic sense of this 
rationale is evident in the numbers, with 
refurbished stores outperforming the  
un-invested estate. 

This work ranged from introducing new 
signage and a sample area for carpet in 
stores that make a smaller profit, through to 
full refurbishment of larger, highly profitable 
stores, or stores where we are tackling new 
competition.  Coupled with a bold “Free 
Fitting” offer to our customers, it clearly had 
a positive impact on our ability to compete 
at a local level.   

The introduction of our new ‘Graphite’ 
store-fit is proving successful in generating 
sales growth.  As a group, our refurbished 
stores delivered like-for-like sales growth  
of 9.2% higher than the un-invested estate 
(including stores refurbished expressly to 
meet new competition this figure would  
be 4.3% growth).  We are aiming to have 
completed the remainder of the UK estate 
with some form of additional investment by 
the end of the CVA period in 2021 with the 
most profitable stores as a priority.  

There is no doubt that the publicity 
surrounding the restructuring process over 
recent months has had an impact on trade. 
For customers we are planning an extensive 
brand relaunch in Autumn 2018 which will 
emphasise that as clear market leader, we 
are here to stay. 

For colleagues we have used Fuse, 
our social learning and communications 
platform, to keep them fully informed and 
engaged during the process, no matter how 
difficult it has been, especially around the 
closure of 81 trading stores before the end 
of September 2018.  At the time of writing, 
we have managed to redeploy 31% of 
affected colleagues and hope to exceed  
this figure. 

With impressive support from our suppliers, 
we are working hard on a co-ordinated 
package of initiatives to grow our share 
of this market and to make Carpetright 
as famous for hard flooring as it is for 
carpets, specifically: 

  Range Authority.  We are introducing 

an increased number of products across 
all categories from vinyl through to 
engineered wood 

  Developing our own label brand “Tegola” 

across the category 

  Creating new extended hard flooring 
zones after a successful in-store trial 
  Increasing training for staff via Fuse, our 
internal platform to get colleagues to 
“expert” level 

  Ensuring there is adequate third-party 

fitting capacity available where we install 
hard flooring units 

  An extended online range offer 

In our core carpet business, we have 
extended the number of exclusives this 
year by adding a new partnership with 
Country Living magazine in addition to 
our established partnerships with House 
Beautiful magazine and the Kosset brand 
with its unique “stain free for life” product. 

We are a broad church, whether 
customers are looking for basic carpet in 
our “Essential Value” range or shopping 
for premium branded wool products 
manufactured in the UK – Carpetright can 
satisfy all budgets and tastes.  We update 
our ranges twice a year to ensure we are 
keeping up to speed with changing tastes 
and trends.  For 2018 we will be launching 
our own label “Soft Sensations” as well as 
a new home-carpet tile proposition. 

The beds category was introduced in  
2009 primarily as a means to utilise excess 
store space.  While last year we believed 
that we had a significant opportunity to 
grow the Beds category with a complete  
re-ranging and product change – it simply 
did not materialise and it has been a poor 
trading year.  We are not top of mind for 
customers when it comes to bed retailing 
and it is now clear that a brand extension  
of any significance is going to be difficult  
to achieve. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

5
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  5 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Strategic report continued 

Chief Executive’s review continued 

Nonetheless, we still believe there is some 
scope for the “Sleepright” brand but only 
where the size of the store allows us to 
stock a significant range.  We are happy 
to concentrate on the established beds 
brands that people know versus other 
retailers that are vertically integrated with 
their own brands, as well as competing 
aggressively on price as a cash-generation 
opportunity. To this end, we will launch the 
“Essential Value” proposition in beds, as 
well as strengthening our sub £500 offer. 

How we sell 
We are constantly testing and retesting 
our strategy after such a difficult period 
and firmly believe that a consistent focus 
on key elements in the customer sales 
journey to increase conversion and average 
transaction values remains the correct 
approach, specifically: 

  Interest Free Credit (up to four years) 

grew to 19% participation at the end of 
the financial year.  While our average 
transaction value was £382 in 2018, 
under IFC this grows to £1,387. 
  Customer satisfaction is essential – 

especially the recommendations needed 
to generate repeat business.  Our “Do 
We Measure Up” score means that 76% 
of our customers are “highly satisfied”, 
while a further 20% are “satisfied”.  71% 
who experience our Home Flooring 
Surveyors and 65% of those who deal 
with third party fitters who are established 
under our “Which Trusted Trader” 
accreditation are also “highly satisfied”. 
We remain focused on driving these 
metrics higher, particularly those in the 
latter area where we should be getting 
higher scores.  In simple terms, “highly 
satisfied” customers spend 3.4 times 
more on average and are significantly 
more likely to recommend Carpetright. 

  Value and our all-embracing proposition 
that we are “Never Beaten on Price” is a 
key element in our heritage and we will 
always match a quote on the same 
product from any of our competitors. 
Similarly, while “50% off” appears to be 
the default promotion proposition for 
most big-ticket retailers – added value 
such as half price underlay and other 
enhancements are vital to attract people 
into store.  Selling the right product, with 
underlay and associated accessories as 
well as offering our “Uplift and Disposal” 
service, is key to growing ATV. 

Where we sell 
As indicated above, our legacy property 
issue is now being tackled via a CVA that 
was confirmed, without any landlord 
challenge, in June 2018.  The stores have 
been split into three categories the details 
of which are as follows:   

Category A – 195 sites comprising of 
176 trading stores and 19 warehouses.  
These stores average £22,500 per week  
in sales, have a rent to sales ratio of 15.4% 
and individually each make a good profit.  
These leases are only compromised by 
moving to monthly rent payments. 

Category B of which: 

B1 – 82 stores, average sales of £13,200 
per week, have a rent to sales ratio of 
18.8% and make a small profit but 
insufficient to cover their supporting 
overhead.  The CVA compromise is a 
30% rent reduction for three years. 

B2 – 31 stores, average sales of £12,200 
per week, have a rent to sales ratio of 
20.7% and are marginally profitable.  The 
CVA compromise is a 50% rent reduction 
for three years. 

Category C – 92 sites, comprising of 
81 trading stores, 1 warehouse and 10 
closed/sublet stores with average sales per 
week of £11,500 and rent to sales ratio of 
28.9%.  These do not make any profit 
contribution.  The compromise is a 50% 
rent reduction with the option to exit these 
stores on or after 23 September 2018.   

6
6 

|  Annual report and accounts 2018
|  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

While some landlords have been 
critical of CVA processes generally, we 
received approval on our approach from 
the British Property Federation and the 
Pension Protection Fund exercised the 
creditor rights of the Carpetright pension 
scheme in order to vote in favour of the 
CVA proposal.  Reluctantly, a CVA was 
genuinely our only viable option and we 
look forward to building profitable 
relationships with landlords over the three-
year period of the CVA and beyond. 

We have a clear line of sight on refurbishing 
the profitable Category A stores and will 
take a prudent look at the Category B  
store list given that we have welcome 
flexibility on those leases during the three-
year CVA period. 

In the Rest of Europe, we opened six 
stores and closed nine, including three 
relocations during the year, to leave a 
total of 135 stores (2017: 138 stores). 
Consequently, we now trade from 
1,331,000 sq ft of retail space (2017: 
1,360,000 sq ft), a 2.1% reduction year-on-
year.  Short term leases are sensibly the 
norm in the Netherlands and Belgium where 
the average lease length is 2.9 years (2017: 
2.8 years) and just 1.5 years (2017:1.8 
years) respectively.  However, for the loss-
making Republic of Ireland business this 
period is 4.2 years (2017: 5.2 years), 
reflecting the uncommercial long-term 
deals entered into during our over-
ambitious expansion into this market 
from 2001 to 2008. 

 
Completing the turnaround will take time 
and the road ahead remains a challenging 
one – but we now have the resources 
to fully fund our revised business plan. 
Implementation of the CVA is well underway 
and the 92 closures will be complete by end 
September.  As well as being demanding, 
the duration of this process means that 
the benefits will not be fully seen during 
2018/19 and will only begin to take effect 
in the second half.  However, we do believe 
that we now have a bedrock in place of 
a largely right sized and right rented retail 
estate supported by plans to develop a 
compelling digital offer that will see us 
grow profitable market share over the 
next few years. 

For almost thirty years we’ve satisfied 
more customers than any other flooring 
retailer – so here’s to thirty more as the 
nation’s favourite. 

We are Carpetright.  

Wilf Walsh 
Chief Executive Officer 

Summary 
The three headwinds of our legacy 
property estate, increased competition 
and a downturn in consumer spending all 
combined to make 2017/18 a year to put 
behind us. 

The CVA and recapitalisation offers us the 
significant chance to rebuild as a profitable 
market leader with outstanding brand 
awareness and we do not intend to miss 
this opportunity.  

We will not be diverted from our plan 
to transform the Carpetright business. 
The four main planks of our strategy 
remain relevant and finally we have 
comprehensively tackled our significant 
and ultimately, debilitating property issues.  

The support received for our successful 
£65m gross fundraising after the period 
end is a strong signal that a recapitalised 
market leader will be better for consumers, 
investors, suppliers and ultimately for 
landlords as we shall be investing in the 
profitable stores that we are retaining.  

My thanks, as ever, go to our store and 
store support office colleagues who 
have remained positive, loyal and stoic 
throughout a difficult year – their hard work 
and dedication during a very testing time 
have been much appreciated.  Similarly, my 
Board colleagues have been clear minded, 
decisive and incredibly supportive. 

Online is key to this business in the short 
and medium term.  The sad demise this 
year of a number of traditional retailers is 
partially down to the fact that they were 
not “Amazon proof” and most of the 
products they sell could be chosen online 
and delivered to the home the next day.  
While choosing floor coverings is not  
such an easy sell online we are not being 
complacent and the key elements to our 
digital strategy are: 

  Improving consideration of Carpetright as 
customers research an inspirational and 
easy to navigate website alongside 
increased marketing spend on search 
engine optimisation, pay per click and 
video on demand.  In terms of marketing 
budgets these formats are rapidly taking 
over from the decline in traditional press 
consumption and this trend is across all 
demographic groups. 

  Improve the instore experience by  

using digital technology and consolidating 
the benefits on our new online platform 
and system change to Microsoft 
Dynamics 365.  Using Artificial 
Intelligence, we will deliver customer 
service automation with personalised 
content and recommendations currently 
being utilised to great effect elsewhere in 
the retail sector. 

  Acknowledging that some customers 
will not want to visit a retail store ever – 
ensure that we have the online capability 
allowing them to measure their home 
accurately, choose products, along with 
associated accessories with confidence 
and complete the end to end experience 
without needing to visit a retail outlet or 
talk to a human being. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

7
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  7 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Strategic report continued 

Measuring our performance 

The Board of Directors and senior management receive a wide range of management information delivered in a timely manner.   
Listed below are the principal measures that are reviewed on a regular basis to monitor the performance of the Group. 

Like-for-like sales 
% growth 

 Gross profit 
percentage 

 Underlying 
EBITDA 

 Net Promoter 
Score (NPS) 

 Operating cash 
flow 

Definition 
Calculated as this year’s 
sales divided by last year’s 
sales for all stores that are 
at least 12 months old at 
the beginning of the 
financial year. 

 Definition 
Gross profit as a 
percentage of revenue 
(calculated in local 
currency). 

 Definition 
Underlying EBITDA  
means underlying  
earnings before interest, 
taxation, depreciation  
and amortisation. 

 Definition 
This measure is  
determined by taking 
underlying operating profit 
and adding back non-cash 
items and any movements 
in working capital. 

 Definition 
Net Promoter Score  
(NPS) is a measure of a 
customer’s willingness  
to recommend our service 
to others in terms of 
Satisfaction and Loyalty 
calculated by subtracting 
the percentage of 
Detractors from the 
percentage of Promoters. 

Stores closed during the 
year are excluded from 
both years (calculated in 
local currency). 

Rationale 
Maximising like-for-like 
sales opportunities drives 
cash inflow.  This KPI also 
measures the health of  
our core retail estate and 
reflects customer reaction 
to our products, 
proposition and price. 

Performance 
UK (%) 

10

8

6

4

2

0

-2

-4

7.3%

2.8%

-0.2%

-0.5%

-3.6%
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

 Rationale 
Gross profit is an 
important indicator of 
the Group’s financial 
performance.  It reflects 
our ability to source 
effectively, run an efficient 
supply chain, and 
promote and deliver the 
correct mix of products to 
maximise cash margin. 

 Performance 
UK (%) 

63.0%

62.5%

61.4%

60.7%

59.2%

57.2%

61.0%

59.0%

57.0%

55.0%

 Rationale 
Underlying EBITDA is  
used to analyse the 
Group’s core operating 
profitability before non-
operating expenses and 
non-cash charges 
(depreciation and 
amortisation). 

 Rationale 
Customer Satisfaction 
and Loyalty are important 
indicators of the success, 
or not, of the Customer 
Journey, our colleague 
interaction and our range  
of products and services. 

 Rationale 
The Group’s ability  
to finance its future 
investment, pay 
corporation taxes,  
pay interest on its 
borrowings and make 
returns to shareholders  
is aided by strong cash 
flows from its operations. 

 Group (£m) 

 Performance 
UK (%) 

 Group (£m) 

32.8

29.4

28.6

20.8

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0

76.0%

74.1%

71.0%

76.0

75.0

74.0

73.0

72.0

71.0

70.0

69.0

6.4

30
24
18
12
6
0
-6
-12
-18
-24
-30

25.1

11.3

13.3

7.7

-21.5

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

2016 2017 2018

Rest of Europe (%) 

 Rest of Europe (%) 

4.8% 2.5%

0.3%

1.2%

6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12

-8.6%

59.5%

56.7%

57.2%

56.1%

52.2%

62.0%

50.0%

58.0%

56.0%

54.0%

52.0%

50.0%

48.0%

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

8
8 

|  Annual report and accounts 2018
|  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
Financial review 

Neil Page 
Chief Financial Officer 

In the first half of the financial year the Group delivered an increase in revenue of 2.6%, however, 
we then experienced a significant deterioration in UK trading, most notably in the post-Christmas 
trading period.  The consequence was a decline in revenue in the second half of 8.3%, resulting 
in a full year decrease of 3.0% to £443.8m (2017: £457.6m). 

Our continued focus on rationalising and repositioning the store portfolio saw the Group open 
ten stores and close 29 during the year, which gave a net decrease of 19 stores, including four 
relocations.  The total store base numbered 545 at year end (2017: 564), with total store space 
declining by 2.8% to 4.9 million square feet during the period. 

Underlying EBITDA declined to £6.4m (2017: £28.6m), a combination of the lower revenue, a 
reduced gross margin and higher expenses.  The margin was impacted by higher product costs 
in the UK as a result of the depreciation of Sterling against the euro, promotional measures taken 
to address competition and the inevitable disruption to trade resulting from the adverse publicity 
surrounding the restructuring.  Expenses increased by £2.4m, consisting of a rise in the Rest of 
Europe, primarily as a result of exchange rate movements, being partially offset by savings in the 
UK, further details of which are disclosed in the individual business unit reviews below. 

Depreciation and amortisation charges were £12.3m (2017: £12.2m).  The net impact of 
the effects noted above resulted in a Group underlying operating loss of £5.9m (2017: 
£16.4m profit). 

Net finance charges were £0.8m higher than the prior year at £2.8m, the increase being driven 
by higher average drawings of banking facilities and amortisation fees associated with the 
shareholder loan agreed in March 2018.   

Separately reported items totalled £61.8m (2017: £13.5m).  The primary drivers of this charge 
were the poor trading conditions and the impact of this on the impairment of goodwill; freehold 
property valuations; and assets in loss making stores, alongside the costs of restructuring 
activity.  Further detail on these costs can be found below. 

Taking into account separately reported items, the statutory loss before tax for the period was 
£70.5m (2017: £0.9m profit) and basic loss per share of 94.6p (2017: 1.0p earnings per share). 

The Group ended the year with net debt of £53.0m (2017: £9.8m), reflecting the material fall in 
operating profit, an adverse movement in working capital as suppliers reacted to restructuring 
announcements and the continued investment in the store refurbishment programme. 

Revenue 
Underlying EBITDA 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Net finance charges 
Underlying (loss)/profit before tax 
Separately reported items 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
(Loss)/Earnings per share (pence) 

Underlying 
Basic 
Net debt 

2018 
£m 
443.8 
6.4 
(12.3) 
(2.8) 
(8.7) 
(61.8) 
(70.5) 

(6.8p) 
(94.6p) 
(53.0) 

2017 
£m 
457.6 
28.6 
(12.2) 
(2.0) 
14.4 
(13.5) 
0.9 

Change 
(3.0%) 
(77.6%) 
(0.8%) 
(40.0%) 
– 
– 
– 

– 
16.4p 
1.0p 
– 
(9.8)  £43.2m higher 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  9 
9

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report continued 

Financial review continued 

UK – Performance review 
The key financial results for the UK were: 

Revenue 
Like-for-like revenue 
Gross profit 
Gross profit % 
Costs (excluding depreciation & amortisation) 
Costs (excluding depreciation & amortisation) % 
Underlying EBITDA 
Underlying EBITDA % 

The UK portfolio is now as follows: 

2018 
£m 
360.4 
(3.6%) 
206.1 
57.2% 
(203.2) 
(56.4%) 
2.9 
0.8% 

2017 
£m 
381.0 
(0.5%) 
225.6 
59.2% 
(204.7) 
(53.7%) 
20.9 
5.5% 

Change 
(5.4%) 

(8.6%) 
(2.0ppts) 
0.7% 
(2.7ppts) 
(86.1%) 
(4.7ppts) 

Total 

Store numbers 

  Sq ft (’000) 

29 April 2017 
426 

Openings 
4 

Closures 
(20) 

28 April 2018    29 April 2017 
3,691 

410   

28 April 2018 
3,577 

After a positive first half of the financial year with like-for-like sales growth of 0.7%, the significant downturn in trading conditions experienced post-
Christmas resulted in a second half decline of 7.8%.  The combined result was a full year like-for-like sales decline of 3.6% (2017: down 0.5%).   

We opened four stores and closed 20 stores during the period, including one relocation.  This translated into a net space decline of 114,000 sq ft, 
a decrease of 3.1%.  At the year end the average store size was 8,724 sq ft (2017: 8,664 sq ft).    

Gross profit decreased by £19.5m to £206.1m, representing 57.2% of sales, a decrease of 200 basis points.  This decline in margin rate reflects a 
combination of:  

  an adverse impact of 80bps from the fall in Sterling to euro exchange rate on imported goods for resale.  The average EUR/GBP rate in 2017 

was 5.8% lower year on year at €1.13 (2017: €1.20); 

  measures to address intensified competition in selected stores, an adverse impact of 70bps; 
  a dilutive impact of 20bps from product categories which attract lower average gross margins; and 
  an adverse impact of 30bps from a combination of the increase in underlying floorcovering margin through improved sourcing and selected price 

increases, offset by enhanced promotions to combat the negative consumer sentiment associated with the Group’s restructuring activity. 

The margin will be impacted in the first half of the next financial year as we commence the store closure activity associated with the CVA.  Our 
expectations are for a decline of between 350bps and 400bps in this period.  In the following six months the margin is projected to recover to be 
around 120bps above that delivered in the second half of the year just finished.  This would result in an overall decline for the year of around 120bps. 

The cost base (excluding depreciation and amortisation) decreased by 0.7% compared with the prior year to £203.2m (2017: £204.7m).  Costs as 
a percentage of sales were 56.4% (2017: 53.7%).  The movement in costs was a combination of: 

  store payroll costs increased by £0.9m to £60.6m, representing 16.8% of revenue (2017: £59.7m, 15.7% of revenue).  The principal drivers  
of this movement were a combination of increases in basic pay structures designed to attract and retain colleagues in key roles, alongside the 
additional costs incurred from new legislative requirements from the introduction of holiday pay commissions, and the apprenticeship levy. 
These were partially offset by reduced commissions from lower revenue volumes. 

  store occupancy costs (rent, rates & other) decreased by £0.4m, 0.3%, to £108.1m, being 30.0% of revenue (2017: £108.5m, 28.5% of 

revenue), primarily driven by the impact of the store closures, offset in part by inflationary costs increases in utilities, costs associated with the 
‘uplift and disposal’ service offer and statutory maintenance work.  These expenses are net of a release of £4.3m associated with the onerous 
lease provision (2017: £3.9m); and  

  marketing and central support costs decreased by 6.8% to £37.2m, representing 10.3% of revenue (2017: £39.9m, 10.5% of revenue), 

reflecting management activities introduced to mitigate the profit impact from the decline in revenue. 

The combination of the above factors resulted in underlying EBITDA decreasing by 86.1% to £2.9m (2017: £20.9m). 

10 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
10  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Rest of Europe – Performance review 
The key financial results for the Rest of Europe were: 

Revenue 
Like-for-like revenue 
Gross profit 
Gross profit % 
Costs (excluding depreciation & amortisation) 
Costs (excluding depreciation & amortisation) % 
Underlying EBITDA 
Underlying EBITDA % 

The Rest of Europe portfolio is now as follows: 

2018 
£m 
83.4 
1.2% 
43.5 
52.2% 
(40.0) 
(48.0%) 
3.5 
4.2% 

2017 
£m 
76.6 
2.5% 
43.8 
57.2% 
(36.1) 
(47.2%) 
7.7 
10.1% 

Change 
(Reported 
currency) 
8.9% 

(0.7%) 
(5.0ppts) 
(10.8%) 
(0.8ppts) 
(54.5%) 
(5.9ppts) 

Change 
(Local currency) 
3.6% 

(5.4%) 

(5.3%) 

(56.7%) 

Netherlands 
Belgium 
Republic of Ireland 
Total 

Store numbers 

Sq ft (’000) 

29 April 2017 
94 
23 
21 
138 

Openings 
6 
– 
– 
6 

Closures 
(8) 
– 
(1) 
(9) 

28 April 2018   
92   
23   
20   
135   

29 April 2017 
975 
228 
157 
1,360 

28 April 2018 
950 
228 
153 
1,331 

In local currency terms, the three businesses in the Rest of Europe combined to produce an increase in revenue of 3.6% on the prior year.  
Our operations experienced a strong first half performance, delivering 6.5% like-for-like sales growth, which was offset by a decline in the 
second half of 4.0%.  The latter was in part impacted by the negative news associated with the restructuring activity affecting the supply of 
stock.  These combined to deliver a full year increase in like-for-like sales of 1.2% (2017: 2.5%).   

The reported growth of 8.9% has three component parts: 

1.  Sales of products – Whilst we experienced single digit growth in the Republic of Ireland, this was more than offset by a decline in  

sales in the Netherlands and Belgium.  The latter being a result of changes made to the promotional strategy in the first half that failed  
to improve average transaction values and resulted in lower customer numbers.  It took time to reverse these changes, and ultimately 
resulted in the decision to change the leadership of the business.  The net result was a fall in product revenue of 5.0% in local  
currency terms.  

2.  Sales of services – Dutch sales were boosted by the addition of service related income which added 8.6% to total segment revenue 
growth.  Previously, the customer paid third party fitters directly but, following a change in legislation, this is now invoiced to the 
customer at the time of the order and the Company then pays the independent fitter, after deducting an administration fee. 

3.  Currency translation – the effect of movements in exchange rates added 5.3% to revenue growth on conversion to reported currency. 

The number of stores decreased by three during the year, having opened six and closed nine during the period, including three relocations.  
The associated trading space reduced by 2.1%.  The average store size was broadly unchanged at 9,859 sq ft at the year end  
(2017: 9,855 sq ft). 

Gross profit percentage decreased 500 basis points to 52.2%, primarily as a result of a legislation change in the Netherlands requiring us to 
include the cost of fitting in our sales for the first time, which is at a single digit margin, in line with existing practice in Belgium.  Our expectations 
are for margin to increase of up to 100bps in the next financial year. 

The combination of the revenue growth offset by rate declines led to cash gross profit in local currency terms decreasing by 5.4%.  After taking 
into account exchange rate movements this resulted in a decrease of 0.7% in reported currency. 

Operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortisation) in local currency increased by 5.3%, a combination of inflationary impacts on 
employment and rental costs.  Utilisation of previously made onerous lease provisions remained flat at £1.2m (2017: £1.2m).  In reported 
currency, costs increased by 10.8% to £40.0m. 

The combination of the above factors resulted in underlying EBITDA decreasing by 56.7% in local currency, which translated to a decrease of 
54.5% in reported currency of £4.2m to £3.5m (2017: £7.7m). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

11
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  11 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report continued  

Financial review continued 

Net finance charges and taxation 
Net finance charges for the period increased by £0.8m to £2.8m (2017: £2.0m).  Of this, £0.3m was the result of a higher level of bank 
borrowings during the year with the average level being £30.7m (2017: £10.2m).  The remaining £0.5m increase relates to amortisation  
of fees associated with the shareholder loan agreed in March 2018.  This loan was repaid on 13 June 2018 and as a result, the residual 
element of these fees of £1.5m will be a charge in the first half of the next financial year ending 27 April 2019. 

Subsequent to the year end, the Company has extended the maturity date of its £45m revolving credit facilities to 31 December 2019 and 
the lenders have committed the overdraft facilities of £7.5m and €2.4m to the same date.  The fees associated with this transaction were 
£0.5m and paid in May 2018.  These will be fully amortised over the course of the next financial year. 

On 11 May 2018, the Company fully utilised the draw down on a loan note from a shareholder of £17.25m.  The £2.4m of fees associated 
with this transaction were paid in May 2018 and will be amortised over the life of loan to 31 July 2020.  The interest on this loan is 18.0% pa 
compounding monthly, to be paid on the maturity date of the loan.  The interest charge on this loan is expected to be £3.3m in the next 
financial year ending 27 April 2019 and £4.0m in the financial year ending 26 April 2020. 

The effective tax rate for the year was a credit of 9.0% (2017: charge of 22.6%), a variance of 28.0% compared to the UK corporation tax 
rate of 19.0% due to the effects of non-deductible items, overseas tax rates and other permanent differences.  The 31.6% decrease from 
last year’s rate is predominantly due to material loss in the current period in the UK, an increase in non-deductible items and one-off non-
deductible items recognised in the year. 

Separately reported items 
The Group makes certain adjustments to statutory profit measures in order to help investors understand the underlying performance of the 
business.  These adjustments are reported as separately reported items.  The Group recorded a net charge of £61.8m (2017: £13.5m). 

Underlying (loss)/profit before tax 

Non-cash items 
Impairment of goodwill 
Freehold property (impairment)/reversal 
Store asset impairment 
Net onerous lease charge 
Release of fixed-rent accruals and lease incentives 

Restructuring costs 
Redundancy provisions 
Store closure costs associated with CVA 
Professional fees 

Loss on disposal of properties 

Strategy 
Store refurbishment – asset write-offs 
ERP dual running costs 

Other 
Share based payments 
Legacy pension costs 

Total separately reported items 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax 

12 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
12  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

2018 
£m 
(8.7) 

(34.7) 
(5.1) 
(5.7) 
(2.3) 
2.8 

(3.8) 
(2.0) 
(6.4) 

(1.7) 

(0.6) 
(1.5) 

(0.5) 
(0.3) 

(61.8) 
(70.5) 

2017 
£m 
14.4 

– 
2.2 
(0.4) 
(11.0) 
– 

– 
– 
– 

(1.9) 

(1.4) 
– 

(1.0) 
– 

(13.5) 
0.9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non cash items 

The Group performed an impairment review over its goodwill, freehold properties and store fixed assets in accordance with IAS 36, 
following recent trigger events.  The Group’s goodwill balances relate to historical acquisitions of UK and Dutch businesses and the carrying 
value has been compared to the expected future discounted cash flows of the individual cash-generating units.  Following a revision of the 
outlook for the underlying business units, an impairment of £34.7m has been recognised, comprising £29.8m relating to UK acquisitions 
and £4.9m in the Netherlands.  Freehold and investment properties were impaired by £5.1m, driven by a difficult commercial rental market 
in the Netherlands and a revised downward view of market rents and yields across the UK and the Netherlands.  Store fixed assets of 
£5.7m were impaired as a result of underlying store performances and those stores earmarked for closure under the CVA arrangements.  

A strategic review of the store portfolio as part of the CVA procedures initiated during the year resulted in a revised assessment of the 
onerous lease costs for loss-making stores.  The impact of these judgments is a net charge of £2.3m (2017: £11.0m).  This charge reflects 
changes in property costs and lease length of onerous leases for UK stores as a result of the implementation of the CVA.  A £13.9m 
provision for onerous leases remained on the balance sheet at the year end 2018.  Of this, £4.8m is expected to be utilised against UK 
stores earmarked for closure during the first half of the financial year 2019.  The remaining £9.1m is associated with UK stores not subject 
to the CVA and stores in the Republic of Ireland.  It is expected that the majority of this will be utilised over a period of four years. 

In line with IAS 17 the Group has reassessed the expected cash flows over the remaining life of the lease in stores earmarked to close  
as part of the CVA procedure.  As a result, a credit of £2.8m relating to the release of previously accrued lease incentives and fixed rent 
reviews associated with these stores has been recognised during the year. 

Restructuring costs 
A provision for redundancy costs of £3.8m has been created at year end.  These relate directly to roles likely to become redundant under 
previously announced plans to restructure our stores trading estate and associated central support functions in conjunction with the CVA 
approved in April 2018.  A further £2.0m of costs directly associated with the closure of affected stores has also been provided.  A total of 
£6.4m of professional fees were incurred as a result of administering the CVA and restructuring processes during the period.  

Loss on disposal of properties 
A net loss of £1.7m was made on the disposal of five properties during the year (2017: £1.9m loss).  The loss relates principally to a 
combination of surrender premiums paid and asset write offs.  

Strategy 
As part of the store refurbishment programme, £0.6m (2017: £1.4m) of assets have been written off due to being replaced.  

The Group has continued to incur dual running costs as it replaces legacy IT systems and transitions to a new ERP platform.  Historically, 
these types of cost would have been capital spend but with the switch to cloud-based software services, these are classified as operating 
expenditure.  Due to the quantum and one-off nature of the project, these costs have been reported as separately reported items. 

Other 

In light of the variable nature of employee share based payments, these have been classified as separately reported items.  This also allows 
for greater visibility of these charges in the financial statements.  A charge of £0.5m was incurred during the period (2017: £1.0m).  

The tax impact of the separately reported items is a credit of £2.2m (2017: credit of £3.1m). 

The total cash impact of separately reported items is an outflow of £12.8m (2017: £1.2m inflow). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

13
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  13 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Strategic report continued  

Financial review continued 

Earnings per share 
Underlying loss per share was 6.8p (2017: 16.4p earnings per share), reflecting the fall in underlying profitability of the Group. 

Basic loss per share was 94.6p (2017: 1.0p earnings per share). 

Dividend 
The Board continues to prioritise the use of cash for the acceleration of the turnaround strategy principally by investing further in the  
existing store estate.  Based on the Group’s current outlook and the restrictions on payment of dividends under the banking facilities and 
the loan note, the Directors do not expect this position to change prior to the maturity of the loan note on 31 July 2020.  However, the 
intention is to return to paying a dividend when the Company has sufficient distributable reserves and the Directors believe it is financially 
prudent to do so. 

Balance sheet 
The Group had net assets of £19.3m at the end of the period (2017: £78.0m), a year-on-year decrease of £58.7m. 

Freehold & long leasehold property 
Tangible assets 
Intangible assets 
Other non-current assets 
Non-current assets 
Inventories 
Trade debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Other debtors 
Current assets 
Trade payables 
Rent and rates accruals 
Taxation and social security 
Other creditors and accruals 
Provisions 
Corporate tax payable 
Creditors< 1 year 
Deferred tax provision 
Pension deficit 
Provisions 
Other long-term creditors 
Creditor > 1 year 
Cash  
Loans 
Finance leases 
Net debt 
Net assets 

14 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
14  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

28 April 
2018 
54.6  
54.6  
27.0  
2.7  
138.9  
35.7  
11.9  
12.2  
1.3  
61.1  
(29.1) 
(2.9) 
(11.0) 
(26.4) 
(10.6) 
(0.8) 
(80.8) 
(9.0) 
(0.8)  
(9.1) 
(28.0) 
(46.9) 
4.8  
(56.0) 
(1.8) 
(53.0) 
19.3  

29 April 
2017 
60.3  
57.0  
57.3  
2.3  
177.0  
41.1  
12.7  
11.8  
1.3  
66.9  
(51.0) 
(2.8) 
(10.2) 
(19.9) 
– 
(1.7) 
(85.7) 
(15.2) 
(3.2) 
(17.5) 
(34.5) 
(70.4) 
5.4  
(13.0) 
(2.2) 
(9.8) 
78.0 

 
 
 
Non-current assets 

The Group owns a significant property portfolio, most of which is used for retail purposes.  The carrying value of these properties  
reduced by £5.7m to £54.6m as at the balance sheet date.  As noted previously, the Group performed an impairment review over 
its freehold and investment properties and store fixed assets in accordance with IAS 36, following recent trigger events, resulting in an 
impairment of £5.1m, driven by a difficult commercial rental market in the Netherlands and a revised downward view of market rents and 
yields across the UK and the Netherlands.  During the period, one freehold property disposal was completed.  The carrying values are 
supported by a combination of value-in-use and independent valuations. 

Tangible assets reduced by £2.4m primarily a result of £14.0m of additions linked to store refurbishments and new store openings,  
offset by £9.9m depreciation and £5.4m asset impairment charge. 

The intangible assets reduction of £30.3m is primarily a result of the impairment of goodwill associated with acquisitions disclosed above. 

Current assets 

The reduction in stock holding of £5.4m was a consequence of a combination of lower turnover, fewer stores and most significantly a 
tightening of credit terms by suppliers following news of the Group’s restructuring activity.  

Creditors less than one year 
Trade payables reduced by £21.9m reflecting an adverse movement in credit terms with suppliers, as mentioned above, and lower sales 
volume.  This movement was partially offset by a £6.5m increase in accruals linked to the timing of the monthly payroll and professional fees 
relating to the restructuring plans.  Average trade creditor days at the year end date were 63 days (2017: 108). 

Creditors greater than a year 
The deferred tax provision reduced by £6.2m as a result of tax credits from the recognition of a deferred tax asset as a result of the losses 
incurred during the year and from the impairments recognised in the UK and the Netherlands.  

At 28 April 2018, the IAS 19 net retirement benefit deficit was £0.8m (2017: £3.2m).  Under the technical provision basis the Group’s 
schemes would have a £0.8m surplus resulting from a reduction in scheme liabilities combined with increases in the market value of 
scheme assets and company contributions.  However, application of the ‘asset ceiling’ under IAS 19 results in the Group de-recognising 
the £1.4m surplus from the Storey’s scheme.  An additional £0.2m funding commitment for the scheme was also provided.  The  
discount rate was 2.5% (2017: 2.5%), reflecting prevailing corporate bond rates.  The scheme was closed to future accrual with effect from 
1 May 2010.  Following the triennial valuation as of 5 April 2017, the Company agreed a recovery plan with the Trustees on 12 June 2018.  
The Company made deficit contributions of £0.9m in the period and it is expected it will continue at this level in the next financial year. 

Provisions increased by £2.2m to £19.7m.  This was a combination of a £5.8m increase associated with restructuring costs, offset in part 
by a net reduction on onerous lease provisions of £3.6m. £10.6m of this balance will be utilised during the next financial year and is 
therefore presented within creditors less than one year. 

Other long-term creditors declined by £6.5m reflecting standard utilisation of lease inducements and the release of a further £2.8m of 
inducements related to the shortening of the remaining lease length of stores impacted by the CVA, as disclosed above under separately 
reported items. 

As a consequence of the continued focus on managing the estate to reduce square footage, eliminate store catchment overlap and 
implementing the CVA, operating lease liabilities for land and buildings had reduced to £408.0m (2017: £531.9m). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

15
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  15 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Strategic report continued 

Financial review continued 

Cash flow 
The Group’s net debt at 28 April 2018 was £53.0m, an adverse movement of £43.2m (2017: £9.8m debt), with the average net debt being 
£30.7m over the financial year (2017: £10.2m). 

Underlying operating (loss)/profit 
Depreciation & amortisation 
Decrease in stock 
Increase in working capital 
Net expenditure on exit of operating leases 
Restructuring costs 
Contributions to pension schemes 
Provisions paid 
Operating cash flows 
Net interest paid 
Corporation tax paid 
Net capital expenditure 
Free cash flows 
Other 
Movement in net debt 
Opening net debt 
Closing net debt 

2018 
£m 
(5.9) 
12.3 
5.7 
(22.7) 
(1.9) 
(2.6) 
(0.9) 
(5.5) 
(21.5) 
(1.8) 
(1.4) 
(19.9) 
(44.6) 
1.4 
(43.2) 
(9.8) 
(53.0) 

2017 
£m 
16.4 
12.2 
1.0 
(13.6) 
(2.2) 
– 
(0.9) 
(5.2) 
7.7 
(1.3) 
(0.9) 
(14.0) 
(8.5) 
(0.2) 
(8.7) 
(1.1) 
(9.8) 

The working capital outflow of £22.7m was attributable to a decrease in trade payables of £21.9m from accelerating payments to suppliers 
as credit terms were reduced, lease inducements utilisation of £4.8m (including the £2.8m release as a result of CVA as disclosed in 
note 5), offset by an increase in the payroll accrual by £4.4m as the calendar for the April pay day resulted in this being paid on the first 
business day of the new financial year. 

Gross capital expenditure was £20.2m (2017: £17.4m).  In the first half of the year the gross spend was £13.1m (2017: £7.9m), however, 
the programme of activity was reduced in the second half as actions were taken to conserve cash in the light of the trading performance.  
After allowing for proceeds from freehold property disposals, net capital expenditure was £19.9m (2017: £14.0m). 

The major element of the expenditure was the investment in store refurbishments, with 227 now completed in the UK and a further 27 
stores in the Netherlands and Belgium.  The expenditure within IT is a combination of the replacement legacy systems onto a new ERP 
platform and replacement of the stores hardware and network infrastructure in the Netherlands and Belgium.  

Refurbishment  
New stores & relocations 
IT 
Support offices & warehouse 
Gross capital expenditure 
Proceeds from freehold property disposals 
Net capital expenditure 

2018 
£m 
(13.0) 
(1.6) 
(4.6) 
(1.0) 
(20.2) 
0.3 
(19.9) 

2017 
£m 
(12.2) 
(2.0) 
(1.7) 
(1.5) 
(17.4) 
3.4 
(14.0) 

In the next financial year, our expectation is for capital expenditure to be approximately £12m focused on the continued refurbishment  
of stores. 

16 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  16 

 
 
 
 
 
Current liquidity 
Gross bank borrowings at the balance sheet date were £46.8m (2017: £20.1m), being a combination drawn down from overdraft and 
revolving credit facilities.  The Group had further undrawn facilities of £7.8m at the balance sheet date.  In addition, the Group held gross 
cash balances of £6.6m.  The combination of these resulted in net bank borrowings of £40.2m, providing total headroom against bank 
facilities of £14.4m.  With the addition of £1.8m of finance leases (2017: £2.2m) and a new £12.5m shareholder loan (£11.0m, net of fees), 
the Group closed the year on £53.0m of net debt, being £43.2m higher than year end 2017.  

Due to the sharp reduction in trade during the year the Group faced significant pressure in achieving the final covenant tests at April 2018 
for which the Group sought and received waivers from its principal lending banks.  To address the liquidity issue, in the period after the 
balance sheet date, but before the signing of these accounts, the Group took a series of actions to recapitalise the business to provide a 
strong platform to continue the turnaround of the business: 

  Secured a loan note of £17.25m from a shareholder, which matures in July 2020. 
  Raised £65.1m of gross equity in the form of cash via a Placing and Open Offer. 
  Repaid the first shareholder loan of £12.5m. 
  Agreed new facilities with its principal lending banks whereby the £45m RCF remains in place, approximately £10m of overdrafts 

become committed and, subject to terms, all facilities continued to be available until December 2019.  The three main financial covenants 
within the banking arrangements assess underlying EBITDA, debt levels and fixed-charge cover. 

As a result of the above, the Group has access to total committed debt facilities of approximately £72m through to December 2019. 

Going concern 
The Group meets its day to day working capital requirements through its bank facilities and a non-bank loan.  The principal banking facility 
includes a revolving credit facility of £45.0m, a Sterling overdraft of £7.5m and a euro overdraft of €2.4m, all of which are committed to the 
end of December 2019.  The non-bank loan of £17.3m is committed to July 2020.  The three main financial covenants within the banking 
arrangements assess underlying EBITDA, debt levels and fixed-charge cover.  Given the recent trading performance, headroom against 
the EBITDA covenant is expected to be the most sensitive both at present and over the course of the next twelve months.  The forecasts 
have been updated for actual trading to week seven and latest view of trading to the end of June 2018.  Trading for this period has been 
particularly challenging involving a number of factors including the combined impact of hot weather, the Royal Wedding and a shortage of 
inventory while arrangements with suppliers were resolved.  The forecasts have been sensitised to reflect these conditions continuing.  

As part of the Board’s assessment of going concern, trading and working capital requirements, forecasts have been prepared covering a 
12 month period from June 2018.  These forecasts have been subjected to a sensitivity testing which, while not anticipated by the Board, 
reflects a continuation of the very recent challenging trading conditions throughout the whole of this forecast 12 month period.  

The most critical assumption when assessing the covenant is the expected level of revenues and gross margin and, having experienced a 
severely disruptive recent trading period for the reasons described above, the Board challenged itself on the appropriate levels to use in this 
assessment.  The Board also considered mitigating actions which could be implemented. 

The Directors have also considered the future cash requirements of the Group and are satisfied that the facilities are sufficient to meet its 
liquidity needs. 

If the Group’s sensitised forecast is not achieved, there is a risk that the Group might not meet the EBITDA covenant and, should such a 
situation materialise, the Group would have discussions with its bank lenders in order to ensure it continues to comply with the terms of its 
bank facilities.  Without the support of the banks in these circumstances, and assuming no additional financing, the Group and Parent 
Company would be unable to meet their liabilities as they fall due.  These conditions indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which 
may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.   

Whilst recognising the inevitable uncertainties of the current retail market and the Group’s restructuring, the Directors confirm that, after 
considering the matters set out above, they have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources  
to continue in operational existence for a minimum of 12 months following the signing of these financial statements.  For this reason they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 

Neil Page 
Chief Financial Officer 
26 June 2018 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

17
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  17 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Strategic report continued 

Managing risk 

The Group faces a number of risks and uncertainties in both the development and day-to-day 
operations of its business. 

We are confident that the current risk 
management process is robust, and  
this has been of vital importance during 
this particularly challenging financial year.  
Having identified the significant downturn 
in trade post-Christmas, the Company 
took mitigation actions to secure the 
future of Carpetright as a going concern.  
These included: announcing the 
expectation to report a small underlying 
pre-tax loss for the financial year ending 
28 April 2018 on 1 March 2018, securing 
a £12.5 million loan from an existing 
shareholder, Meditor, to assist with short-
term working capital requirements, and 
exploring the feasibility of a range of 
options before proceeding to launch  
a Company Voluntary Arrangement  
on 12 April 2018.  This was followed 
by a Placing and Open Offer to raise  
not less than £60 million to recapitalise 
the Group which was launched on 
18 May 2018 and successfully 
concluded on 8 June 2018.   

General approach to risk 
management 
Carpetright recognises that effective 
business management requires regular 
review of business risks.  The Group  
has established a flexible and practical 
framework, sponsored by senior 
executives, which aims to identify and 
manage the principal risks that may 
prevent it from achieving the Group’s 
strategic objectives. 

The Board and Audit 
Committee 
The Board has overall responsibility  
for the Group’s risk appetite, more  
details of which can be found on page 
27.  It also has overall responsibility for 
the system of internal control and for 
reviewing its effectiveness.  In order to 
fulfil this responsibility, the Directors  
have established an organisational 
framework with clear operational 
procedures, lines of responsibility and 
delegated authority which has operated 
throughout the year under review and up 

18 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
18  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

to the date of approval of the Annual 
report and accounts. 

The system of internal control is designed 
to identify, evaluate and manage significant 
risks associated with the achievement of 
the Group’s objectives.  Because of the 
limitations inherent in any system of 
internal control, this system is designed  
to meet the Group’s particular needs and 
the risks to which it is exposed rather than 
eliminate risk altogether.  Consequently,  
it can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. 

The Audit Committee assists the  
Board through its work covering the 
Group’s system of internal controls,  
the assessment of risks and related 
compliance activities.  This includes the 
Committee’s oversight of the Group’s 
Internal Audit department, which: 

  undertakes its work, both on central 
functions and in the field, based on a 
risk assessment model; and 

  monitors adherence to the Group’s  

key policies and principles. 

The Audit Committee reports to the 
Board on its activities and makes 
recommendations and escalates 
significant risks or issues to the Board 
as appropriate.  Its role is described in 
more detail on pages 30 to 34. 

The Board has reviewed the Group’s 
systems of internal control including 
financial, operational and compliance 
controls as well as risk management,  
and is satisfied that these accord with  
the guidance on internal controls set out 
in the Guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and 
Business Control, issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council in September 2014. 

Identification of business 
risks 
An Executive Risk Committee (‘ERC’) 
comprising the Executive Directors and 
senior managers exists to review key risk 

and control issues, and the Group’s 
principal risks are individually sponsored 
by a member of the ERC.  The ERC met 
three times during the year reported. 

The ERC identifies and assesses risks  
to the Group’s medium-term strategy  
and directs the risk management 
processes within both the UK and the 
Rest of Europe to address each of the 
identified risks, formulate a mitigation 
strategy and assess the likely impact of 
such risk occurring.  The Chief Financial 
Officer provides regular reports to the 
Audit Committee in relation to its work. 

The ERC also considers new and 
emerging risks as a standing agenda 
item, including those identified by the 
Board of Directors.  The Committee  
has also reviewed the ranking of the 
business’s key strategic risks during  
the year to ensure that this remains  
an appropriate reflection of their  
relative standing.  The principal risks  
and uncertainties affecting the business 
are set out on pages 21 to 23. 

Oversight and assurance 
The Group Finance department is 
responsible for the financial policies 
and standards adopted within the 
Group.  It also manages the financial 
reporting processes to ensure the timely 
and accurate provision of information  
which enables the Board to discharge  
its responsibilities. 

The Company Secretary and Legal 
Director is responsible for maintaining  
and developing the Group’s framework  
of governance, including our anti-bribery 
policy and whistleblowing process, alongside 
ensuring that any changes to the Group’s 
legal obligations are brought to the attention 
of the relevant teams who are responsible 
for the implementation of any changes. 

The Internal Audit department  
provides independent assessment  
on the robustness and effectiveness  
of the systems and processes of risk 
management and control across the Group.  

It achieves this through undertaking reviews 
which are reported to and approved by the 
Audit Committee.  The Group also uses the 
services of independent third-party advisers 
and consultants to review controls and 
processes where the nature of the review 
requires expertise not available in-house. 

Principal risks and 
uncertainties 
The Group is subject to the same  
general risks as many other businesses; 
for example, changes in general 
economic conditions, currency and 
interest rate fluctuations, changes in 
taxation legislation, cyber-security 
breaches, failure of our IT infrastructure, 
the cost of our raw materials, the impact 
of competition, political instability and the 
impact of natural disasters. 

The Group uses its risk management 
process as described on page 18 to 
identify, monitor, evaluate and escalate  
such issues as they emerge, enabling 
management to take appropriate action 
wherever possible in order to control 
them and also enabling the Board to 
keep risk management under review. 

The risk factors addressed on pages 
21 to 23 are those which are believed 
to be the most material to its business 
model, which could adversely affect the 
operations, revenue, profit, cash flow  
or assets of the Group and which may 
prevent us from achieving the Group’s 
strategic objectives.  Additional risks and 
uncertainties currently unknown, or which 
are currently believed immaterial, may 
also have an adverse effect on the Group. 

Viability statement 
In accordance with provision C.2.2  
of the 2014 revision of the Code, the 
Board has assessed the prospects of  
the Company over a longer period than 
the twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. 

The Board conducted the review  
for a three-year period to April 2021, 
corresponding with the period over 
which the Group’s various growth 
initiatives are anticipated to have a 
key impact and aligned to the Group’s 
planning cycle.  These plans are updated 
annually taking into account the current 
and prospective macro-economic 
conditions and the competitive tension 
that exists in the markets that we trade 
in.  The plans consider profits, cash 
flows, funding requirements and other 
key financial ratios over the period, as 
well as the headroom on liquidity and 
the financial covenants contained in our 
banking arrangements.  

Important assumptions underlying the 
plans include: 

  funding in the form of capital markets 
debt or bank debt will be available in  
all plausible market conditions; and 
  following the UK’s vote to leave the 

European Union, the terms of exit are 
such that Carpetright will be able to 
continue to operate and source 
product competitively in the same 
European markets as it presently does. 

Over the past six months the challenging 
trading environment resulted in the 
Group announcing a Company Voluntary 
Arrangement, securing additional loans 
and then successfully recapitalising by 
completing a Placing and Open offer.  
At the same time, the terms of the 
banking facilities were revised with  
an extension to the maturity and 
amendments to covenants.  This 
experience provided valuable insight  
to the Board into the significance and 
impact of risks faced by the Group.   
This learning has been incorporated  
into the testing of future plans.  This 
assessment included sensitivity and 
stress testing analysis on the impact of 
reduced revenues; a decrease in gross 
margin; and a reduction in credit terms 
with suppliers, both individually and in 
unison, alongside the existence and 
effectiveness of any mitigating actions 
that would be reasonably taken.  As  
a result, the Board concluded that the 
business would remain viable over the 
three-year period of the plan. 

Based on the outcome of this 
assessment, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group 
will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
three-year period of their assessment. 

Going concern 
The Group meets its day to day working 
capital requirements through its bank 
facilities and a non-bank loan.  The 
principal banking facility includes a 
revolving credit facility of £45.0m, a 
Sterling overdraft of £7.5m and a euro 
overdraft of €2.4m, all of which are 
committed to the end of December  
2019.  The non-bank loan of £17.3m is 
committed to July 2020.  The three main 
financial covenants within the banking 
arrangements assess underlying EBITDA, 
debt levels and fixed-charge cover.  
Given the recent trading performance, 
headroom against the EBITDA covenant 
is expected to be the most sensitive 
both at present and over the course of 
the next twelve months.  The forecasts 
have been updated for actual trading to 
week seven and latest view of trading to 
the end of June 2018.  Trading for this 
period has been particularly challenging 
involving a number of factors including 
the combined impact of hot weather, 
the Royal Wedding and a shortage 
of inventory while arrangements with 
suppliers were resolved.  The forecasts 
have been sensitised to reflect these 
conditions continuing.   

As part of the Board’s assessment  
of going concern, trading and working 
capital requirements, forecasts have 
been prepared covering a 12 month 
period from June 2018.  These forecasts 
have been subjected to a sensitivity 
testing which, while not anticipated by  
the Board, reflects a continuation of the 
very recent challenging trading conditions 
throughout the whole of this forecast 
12 month period.   

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

19
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  19 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Strategic report continued 

Managing risk continued 

The most critical assumption when 
assessing the covenant is the expected 
level of revenues and gross margin and, 
having experienced a severely disruptive 
recent trading period for the reasons 
described above, the Board challenged 
itself on the appropriate levels to use 
in this assessment.  The Board also 
considered mitigating actions which 
could be implemented. 

The Directors have also considered the 
future cash requirements of the Group 
and are satisfied that the facilities are 
sufficient to meet its liquidity needs. 

If the Group’s sensitised forecast is not 
achieved, there is a risk that the Group 
might not meet the EBITDA covenant 
and, should such a situation materialise, 
the Group would have discussions with 
its bank lenders in order to ensure it 
continues to comply with the terms of 
its bank facilities.  Without the support 
of the banks in these circumstances, 
and assuming no additional financing, 
the Group and Parent Company would 
be unable to meet their liabilities as  
they fall due.  These conditions indicate 
the existence of a material uncertainty 
which may cast significant doubt about 
the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern.   

Whilst recognising the inevitable 
uncertainties of the current retail  
market and the Group’s restructuring,  
the Directors confirm that, after 
considering the matters set out above, 
they have a reasonable expectation  
that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for a minimum  
of 12 months following the signing of 
these financial statements.  For this 
reason they continue to adopt the  
going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements. 

20 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
20  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
Principal risks and uncertainties 

Description 

Possible impacts 

Mitigation actions 

Customer proposition and changing customer preferences 

1 2 3 4

Failure to anticipate and plan for 
changes in consumer tastes could 
have a material effect on future 
operations and financial performance 

  Failure to deliver our business 

objectives 

  Loss of revenue 
  Diminished reputation 
  Reduction in market share 
  Reduction in customer service 

levels 

  Established and communicated a clear strategy 
  Prioritise investment in both our existing estate and  

online platforms 

  Strengthened customer feedback processes to help 

improve our offering 

  Complete regular customer research 
  Frequently introduce new and exclusive product ranges 

Economic uncertainty 

Consumers need to feel confident  
to invest money in their homes.  In  
the event of a significant reduction 
in house prices, housing transactions  
or consumer confidence, the Group 
would expect this to adversely impact 
on its performance 

One of the key assumptions 
underlying the Group’s three-year plan 
is that following the UK’s vote to leave 
the European Union, the terms of exit 
are such that Carpetright will be able 
to continue to operate and source 
product competitively in the same 
European markets as it presently does 

Financial risk and liquidity 

The Group risks exposure to 
exchange rate, interest rate, liquidity 
and credit risks having an adverse or 
unexpected impact on results, funding 
requirements or purchasing ability 

  Failure to deliver our business 

objectives 

  Loss of revenue 
  Reduced long-term growth  

and profit 

2 3

  Provide a broad range of products and price points in our 
categories to make it easy for our customers to trade up 
or down 

  Detailed sales information by product and by store is 

reviewed weekly, enabling changes to prices, incentive 
structures and marketing activity to optimise sales  
  The Group’s interest free credit offer allows customers  

to spread cost into affordable monthly payments 

  Review the potential to source more product from the  

UK or outside of the EU 

  Failure to deliver our business 

  Supplier agreements in place to mitigate the impact of a 

objectives 

movement in exchange rates 

  Reduced long-term growth and 

  Active management of our financial position to ensure that 

profit 

funding requirements are being met 

  Suppliers failure to obtain credit 
risk insurance leading to adverse 
impact on Group’s cash position 

  Bank covenant tests are regularly monitored 
  Committed bank facilities have been agreed and 

extended to December 2019 

1

Property portfolio 

Property costs form a significant part 
of our fixed cost base and as such all 
decisions in this area have an impact 
on the long-term value of the business 

  Reduced long term growth, 

profit and cash flow 

  Developed relationships with a number of credit insurers 

through regular communication 

4

  The Group continuously reviews the location and format 
of its stores and their contribution to the overall results 
  Implementation of the CVA will rationalise the UK property 
portfolio, significantly reducing the number of locations on 
unsustainable rental agreements, and provide greater 
flexibility to exit leases on lower profit contributors 

  Continue to invest in the modernisation and refurbishment 

of stores 

  Continue to utilise a detailed location planning model 

which aids our understanding of store catchments and 
customer demographics 

  Consult external advisers, where appropriate, to provide 

expert advice and inform decision making 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

21
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  21 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Strategic report continued 

Principal risks and uncertainties continued 

Description 

Possible impacts 

Mitigation actions 

Brand, reputation and product 

The Carpetright name is a key asset of 
the business and, as the largest operator 
in its markets, expectations of the Group 
are high 

Competition 

The Group competes with a wide 
variety of retailers across multiple 
channels and across a broad 
spectrum of price points 

People 

The Group relies upon attracting and 
retaining talented and appropriately 
qualified people in order to deliver its 
long-term objectives 

IT performance and cyber-security 

Carpetright is dependent on the 
reliability, availability, capability and 
security of key information systems 
and technology 

  Failure to deliver our business 

objectives 

  Diminished reputation 
  Loss of revenue 
  Loss of consumer trust and 

confidence 

  Inability to recruit the best people 

1 2 3

  The Group works closely with its suppliers to ensure the 
products it sells are of the highest quality and meet the 
organisation’s required ethical and safety standards 

  Invest in marketing designed to communicate our 

credentials on range, choice and value, driving brand 
awareness and customer visits to store or online 

  Achieved ‘Which? Trusted Trader’ status in the UK for  

the recommended fitting services 

  Regularly engage with our customers and act upon  

their feedback 

1 2 3 4

  Failure to deliver our business 

  Invest in marketing designed to communicate our 

objectives 

credentials on range, choice and value 

  Loss of revenue 
  Reduced long-term growth  

and profit 

  Continuous monitoring of customer service, product and 

advertising performance and competitor activity 

1 3

  Reduced long-term growth and 

  Recruit, train and develop a suitably skilled and qualified 

profit 

team 

  Reduced customer service 

levels 

  Senior management provide regular business updates 
  Monitor remuneration packages within our markets to 

  Inadequate succession planning 

ensure they are fair and competitive 

1 3 4

  Diminished reputation 
  Loss of revenue 
  Loss of consumer trust and 

confidence 

  Active management of our systems 
  Reviewed and tested continuity plans 
  Developed separate disaster recovery facilities 
  Regular systems’ testing by third parties to provide 

  Reduction in customer service 

assurance as to their security 

levels 

  Commenced a transition from legacy systems to new 

Microsoft Dynamics365 platform 

22 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
22  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
Description 

Possible impacts 

Mitigation actions 

Business continuity planning 

A major incident, such as a key 
system or supplier failure, could 
impact the ability of the Group to 
continue trading 

Legal, regulatory and compliance 

The Group risks incurring penalties, 
damages, claims and reputational 
damage arising from failure to 
comply with legislative or regulatory 
requirements across many areas 
including, but not limited to, trading, 
health and safety, employment 
law, data protection, Bribery Act, 
advertising, human rights and the 
environment 

  Failure to deliver our business 

objectives 

  Loss of revenue 
  Diminished reputation 

  Developed separate disaster recovery facilities 
  Reviewed and tested continuity plans 
  The Group has long-established and good working 

relationships with its key suppliers 

1 3

  Diminished reputation 
  Reduced long-term growth  

and profit 

  Actively monitor the supply base to identify exposures  

and identify appropriate contingency solutions 

1 3

  Operate a number of policies and codes of practice 

outlining mandatory requirements 

  Management is responsible for liaising with the Company 
Secretary and external advisers to ensure that potential 
issues from new legislation are identified and managed 
  All employees are issued with an Employee Handbook.  
We have a whistle-blowing procedure and external 
helpline which enables colleagues to raise concerns in 
confidence 

Link to Strategy 
  Who we are 
1

  What we sell 
2

  How we sell 
3

  Where we sell 
4

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

23
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  23 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Strategic report continued 

Corporate responsibility 

Corporate Responsibility is about doing business the right way. 

Our Corporate Responsibility (CR) policy 
is designed to support our objectives and 
strategy.  There are three areas of focus 
and further details of our progress in each 
area can be found below: 

  Our communities – how we treat our 
customers, and give back to the 
communities in which we operate 

  Our workplace – the Group’s policies and 
actions towards our colleagues and supply 
chain; and 

  Our environment – the impact we have on 
the environment and how we are seeking 
to reduce this 

Wilf Walsh is the director responsible for CR. 

Our communities  
Corporate Responsibility starts with our 
relationship with customers and the 
interaction we have with the communities  
in which we operate. 

Our customers 
We take customer service seriously, and, in 
the autumn of 2017, we launched training 
for all colleagues on the ‘customer journey’, 
giving a framework to each interaction to 
ensure higher levels of consistency across 
our store estate.  Our customers are invited 
to rate and provide feedback on all three 
stages of their experience – in-store 
ordering, estimating and fitting, via a 
programme known as ‘Do we measure 
up?’.  This feedback is immediately available 
to our store and support office colleagues, 
where it is used to continually monitor and 
improve our levels of service. 

Giving back  
Since March 2016, following a  
colleague vote, we have been supporting 
the British Heart Foundation.  The 
partnership, which is largely centred on 
colleague fundraising, has raised more than 
£100,000 this year.  Our colleagues in the 
Republic of Ireland have also raised more 
than €3,000 for the Irish Heart Foundation.  
Alongside this, we have trained over 600 
colleagues in essential life-saving CPR, so 
that we may be of help to anybody suffering 
a cardiac arrest in our stores, homes  
or neighbourhoods.   

24 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
24  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

Our workplace   
The Group employs over 3,000 people  
and has some impact on many more 
via our supply chain.  We recognise 
that matters such as how we treat our 
colleagues and suppliers, approach 
diversity and source our products are 
important to our customers. 

Equal opportunities 
The Board believes in creating, throughout 
the Group, a culture that is free from 
discrimination and harassment, and will  
not tolerate discrimination in any form.   
We are an equal opportunities employer 
and our people and applicants are treated 
fairly and equally regardless of their age, 
colour, creed, disability, full or part time 
status, gender, marital status, nationality  
or ethnic origin, race, or sexual orientation.  
Applications from people with disabilities  
are always fully considered.  Should an 
individual become disabled while working 
for the Company, efforts are made to 
continue their employment and retraining  
is provided, if necessary.   

We believe the attributes of individuals and 
their different perspectives and experiences 
add value to our business.  We recognise 
that a diverse workforce will provide us 
with an insight into different markets and 
help us to anticipate and provide what our 
customers want from us. 

A breakdown by gender of the number  
of persons who were Directors of the 
Company, senior managers and other 
employees as of 28 April 2018 is set  
out below. 

Directors 
Senior managers 
Other employees 
Total 

Male 
5 
8 
2,394 
2,407 

Female 
1 
2 
772 
775 

Our Gender Pay Gap 
We take equality seriously, and we 
recognise the importance of the new 
legislation that has led to publishing Gender 
Pay Gap reports for the first time in 2017.  
Our mean gender pay gap, as of the 
reporting date of 5 April 2017, is +8.1%  
and our median gap is +6.5%.   

Whilst we’re pleased to report that both 
figures are significantly lower than the 
national average and the average for the 
retail industry, we’re keen to address this 
gap and ensure equality across all levels 
at Carpetright.   

It is our ambition to attract more females 
into our business and we continually review 
our HR policies and recruitment practices to 
ensure we are increasingly inclusive. 

Over the last few years we’ve been focused 
on modernising our business, addressing 
every aspect including who we are, what 
we sell, where we sell and how we sell.  
This has clearly helped to drive some 
change – five years ago our business was 
82% male and today we’re down to 75% 

The full report can be found on our website 
www.carpetright.plc.uk. 

Training and development 
Over the last 12 months we have invested 
significantly in training and developing our 
people, providing the opportunity for all 
colleagues to increase their skills and, 
where relevant, develop their careers.  We 
have continued to provide both mandatory 
and colleague-led training via our social 
learning platform, Fuse.  This has included 
training in relation to health and safety, 
Interest Free Credit, product knowledge, 
customer service, management skills and 
personal development. 

In June 2017 we launched our 
Carpetright Academy ‘Apprenticeship 
Programme’ which has led to over 60 
colleagues currently completing ILM 
Management Diplomas. 

Engagement 
There are a number of communication 
channels in place to help people develop 
their knowledge of and enhance their 
involvement with the Group.  These include 
surveys, management briefings, briefings  
to stores and offices, annual events, store 
visits and video updates.  We continue to 
benefit from increased engagement due  
to the use of Fuse, our social learning and 
communications tool, which allows for real-
time interaction of colleagues at all levels and 
functions.  Additionally, all annual results and 
interim management statements are made 
available in real-time on this platform.   

 
Share ownership 
All colleagues have an opportunity to invest 
in the Company’s shares through a Savings 
Related Share Option Scheme.  Over 500 
colleagues participate in this scheme. 

Bribery and whistleblowing 
As a responsible employer we maintain a 
firm stance against any type of corruption 
within the business.  There is a Group-wide 
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy in place 
which requires compulsory Anti-Bribery 
compliance and a copy of the Policy is 
circulated to all new starters when they join 
the business. 

The Group operates whistleblowing hotlines 
through third party providers enabling 
matters of concern to be raised with the 
Company on a named or anonymous basis.  
Further details can be found in the Audit 
Committee report on page 33. 

Health and safety 
We operate an established process for risk 
assessment and employees are expected 
and encouraged to be proactive on health 
and safety issues.  Health and Safety 
Committees meet to review any issues to 
identify, prevent and militate against potential 
risks.  We investigate all accidents and 
recommend changes to working practices, 
additional colleague training and disciplinary 
action as and when appropriate.  There have 
not been any fatalities this year (2017: nil). 

We have received notification of 138 
accidents across the Group during the year, 
compared to 144 in the prior year.  Of 
these, 128 were in the UK with the 
remaining 10 occurring in Europe and 
Republic of Ireland.   

Human rights and modern slavery 
We do not have a specific human  
rights policy at present, but we do  
have policies that adhere to international  
human rights principles.  We will review  
from time to time whether a specific human 
rights policy is needed in the future, over 
and above our existing policies.  Our 
statement on modern slavery is on our 
website www.carpetright.plc.uk. 

Products and suppliers 
We have an Ethical and Environmental 
Code of Conduct (the Code) to ensure that 
we have an ethical supply chain and require 
our suppliers to sign up to the Code.  The 
Code prohibits, for example, animal testing, 

the use of timber from non-sustainable 
sources and the use of certain chemicals 
which may be harmful to customers.   

Our environment 
In line with our strategy of building a 
sustainable business, we are committed  
to taking steps to control and minimise  
any damage our operations may cause to 
the environment through manufacturing 
processes, transport, energy usage and 
packaging.  In particular, we are aware of 
the issue of climate change and we are 
taking steps to understand and minimise 
our carbon emissions. 

Energy usage and greenhouse gas 
emissions 
We recognise that the Company benefits 
through reduced cost and the environment 
benefits by reducing our consumption  
of energy and water.  The release of 
greenhouse gases (ghg), notably Carbon 
Dioxide generated by burning fossil fuels, 
has an impact on climate change, which 
presents a risk to both our business and  
the wider environment.  We accept our 

Emission type 
Scope 1: Operation of facilities 
Scope 1: Company owned vehicles 
Scope 1: Emissions 
Scope 2: Purchased energy 
Scope 2: Emissions 
TOTAL SCOPE 1&2 EMISSIONS (tCO2e) 

Greenhouse gas emissions intensity ratio: 

Total footprint (Scope 1 and Scope 2) 
Turnover (£m) 
Intensity ratio (tCO2/turnover £000) 

responsibility to continually improve our 
environmental performance. 

We continue to benefit from the introduction 
of Automatic Meter Readers for electricity 
and gas, which enable us to identify high- 
use locations and take corrective action 
where necessary, together with proactive 
management preventing us from heating 
stores overnight. 

During 2018 we were able to reduce our 
electricity consumption by introducing LED 
lighting into our refurbished stores and 
installing motion-sensor technology to ensure 
lights are only being used when necessary.  
So far, we have introduced these energy-
saving practices into 65 stores in the UK. 

Non-financial reporting directive 
guidance 
We are committed to operating a sustainable 
business model and continually evaluate and 
update our initiatives in line with best practice.  
While we have discussed progress in each of 
the key areas above, we do not necessarily 
have specific, relevant policies in line with the 
new Non-financial Reporting Directive. 

CO2e 
(Carbon 
Dioxide 
equivalent) 
2018 
7,711.9 
3,774.7 
11,486.6 
14,257.3 
14,257.3 
25,743.9 

CO2e 
(Carbon  
Dioxide 
equivalent)  
2017 
8,783.5 
4,394.4 
13,177.9 
16,827 
16,827 
30,004.9 

Change 
(12%) 
(14%) 
(13%) 
(15%) 
(15%) 
(14%) 

2018 
25,743.9 
443.8 
0.058 

2017 
30,004.9 
457.6 
0.066 

Change 
(14.2%) 
(3.0%) 
(12.1%) 

The 2017 emissions have been re-stated; due to improved data granularity, we have now been 
able to separately report company vehicles (Scope 1) and employee owned vehicles (Scope 3). 

Notes: 

1.  Our methodology has been based on the principles of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. 
2.  Consumption is based on utility bills. 
3.  We have reported on all the measured emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 

(Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations.  The period used is 1 May 2017 to 30 April 2018. 

4.  Conversion factors for electricity, gas and other emissions are those published by the Department for 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs in 2017 – GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting. 

5.  Refrigerant fugitive emissions have been excluded as the impact was immaterial. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

25
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  25 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report  

Corporate governance 

Introduction 
One of the Board’s key responsibilities is  
to ensure that the Company is run in the 
long-term interests of its shareholders  
and broader stakeholder base.  The  
Group recognises the importance of high 
standards of corporate governance and is 
committed to operating within an effective 
corporate governance framework. 

Application of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 
The version of the Corporate Governance 
Code applicable to the current reporting 
period is the April 2016 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code).  The Code  
is issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
and is available for review on its website. 

During the financial year ended 28 April 
2018, the Company complied with the 
provisions set out in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. 

Governance structure 
The structure of the Board and its 
Committees is set out below. 

The Board 
There have not been any changes to  
the composition of the Board this year. 

There were a significant number of 
meetings in the financial year, with the 
Board being closely involved and informed 
in relation to the Group’s restructuring.  
Details of the number of meetings and 
Board attendance are set out below:  

Bob Ivell  
Non-Executive Chairman 

“The Group is committed to 
operating within an effective 
corporate governance framework.” 

Number of meetings: 

23 
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 
23 
23 

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 
23 

Attendance 
23 
23 

Attendance 
23 

23 
23 
22 

23 
23 
23 

Executive  
Directors 
Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page  

Non-Executive 
Directors 
Bob Ivell 
(Chairman) 
Andrew Page  
David Clifford  
Sandra Turner  

26 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
26  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

The Board views that it is appropriately 
balanced and currently consists of the 
Chairman, two Executive and three Non-
Executive Directors, brief biographies of 
whom can be found on page 29.  There is a 
formal, rigorous and transparent procedure 
for the appointment of new Directors to the 
Board and this is described in the section 
concerning the Nomination Committee on 
page 28. 

The Board believes that its current  
size and structure are appropriate for 
managing the Group in an effective and 
successful manner. 

Whilst not required by the Code, as  
the Company is outside the FTSE 350,  
all Directors will offer themselves for re-
election at the Annual General Meeting. 

A Disclosure Committee comprising the 
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer 
and attended by the Company Secretary 
and Legal Director, external lawyers and 
members of the advisory team met 7  
times during the year with full attendance  
to ensure that the Company was constantly 
monitoring and ensuring compliance with  
its disclosure obligations to the market.   
The Board as a whole also considered  
a number of matters itself relating to 
disclosure of information to the market. 

Highlights 
During the year the Board: 

 approved the investigation and 

subsequent implementation of a 
broader restructuring 

 reviewed and approved all trading 

announcements and the interim and  
final results 

 reviewed the competitive market in 

which the Company operates 

 reviewed the financial effect of the store 

refurbishment programme 

 reviewed the terms of reference of 

its Committees 

 approved option grants 
 received an update and training on the 

Market Abuse Regulations and continuing 
obligations under the Listing Rules 
 approved the Statement of Modern 

Slavery 

 received an update concerning the 

proposed new Corporate Governance 
Code.   

 
 
 
 
The Non-Executive Directors of the 
Company play a key governance role and 
bring an extra dimension to the Board’s 
deliberations.  The Board considered the 
independence of each Non-Executive 
Director against the criteria specified in  
the Code and has determined that each 
remains fully independent. 

The Non-Executive Directors meet, with  
no Executive Directors present, at least 
once each year.  Andrew Page, the  
Senior Independent Director, led the review 
of the Chairman’s performance by inviting 
responses from each Director and the 
Company Secretary separately in order  
to provide feedback to the Chairman. 

Directors receive weekly sales updates, 
monthly trading results, commentary, 
briefing notes and reports for their 
consideration in advance of each Board 
meeting, including reports on the Group’s 
operations, to ensure that they remain 
briefed on the latest developments and  
are able to make fully informed decisions. 

An annual process of evaluation of 
the Board and its Audit, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees has 
been undertaken.  This was led by 
Bob Ivell with the assistance of the 
Company Secretary.  The Board and 
each of its Committees considered 
the effectiveness of the Chair and the 
Secretariat.  The results have been 
considered by the Board and confirmed the 
strength of leadership within the business 
and a sound governance framework. 

The Board is responsible for setting the 
Group’s objectives and policies, providing 
effective leadership and for approving the 
Group strategy, budgets, business plans 
and major capital expenditure.  It has 
responsibility for the management,  
direction and performance of the Group  
and is accountable to the Company’s 
shareholders for the proper conduct of its 
business.  The Board has a formal schedule 
which sets out those matters requiring 
Board approval and specifically reserved to 
it for decision. 

The Board is responsible for determining its 
risk appetite and did so in the year.  It has 
regularly reviewed the current assessment 
of the principal risks compared to the 
desired level of risk.  Further details of the 
principal risks affecting the Group can be 
found on pages 21 to 23. 

All Directors have access to the advice  
and services of the Company Secretary  
and the Board has established a procedure 
whereby Directors may take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense.  This was utilised once in the year.  
In addition, such advice may include training 
in order to enable them to discharge their 
roles and responsibilities as a Director.  All 
new Directors receive an induction tailored 
to their particular requirements. 

Details of the Company’s employment 
practices and gender diversity can be found 
in the Corporate Responsibility report on 
pages 24 and 25. 

  Board Committees 

The Board has three Committees,  
each of which has written terms  
of reference which are available on  
the Company’s corporate website 
(www.carpetright.plc.uk). 

The Board periodically reviews the 
membership of its Committees to 
ensure that it is refreshed annually.  
All Non-Executive Directors (other than 
the Chairman) are members of each 

of the Committees.  The Company 
provides the Committees with sufficient 
resources to undertake their duties.   
The Company Secretary, or his nominee, 
acts as Secretary to each Committee. 

Board of Directors 

Audit Committee 

The role of the Audit Committee, its members and details of how it carried out its duties are set out in 
the Audit Committee report on pages 30 to 34. 

Remuneration Committee 

The role of the Remuneration Committee, its members and details of how it carried out its duties are set 
out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 35 to 55. 

Nomination Committee 

The role of the Nomination Committee, its members and details of how it carried out its duties are set 
out on page 28. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

27
www.carpetright.plc.uk  27 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 
Corporate governance continued 

The Committee considers the diversity 
of the Board (including gender) and the 
skills and competencies of the existing 
Directors when drawing up specifications 
for new appointments.  It ensures that 
the development needs of Executive 
Directors and other senior managers are 
addressed appropriately. 

An external search consultancy is ordinarily 
used in relation to the appointment of both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 

The Committee also considers whether 
Directors due to retire at an Annual General 
Meeting should be recommended for re-
appointment, and whether the appointment 
of Non-Executive Directors reaching the 
end of their three-year term should be 
renewed.  Committee members do not  
vote on their own re-appointment. 

Continuing professional 
development 
All Board members are updated on matters 
relevant to the Group, including legal and 
regulatory developments, and members of 
Board Committees are updated on matters 
relevant to their Committee membership.   
In the year, the Remuneration Committee 
received updates on current best practice 
from New Bridge Street. 

The performance of individual Directors  
is considered as part of the annual  
Board appraisal process.  The individual 
development needs of Executive Directors 
are overseen by the Nomination Committee.   

Non-Executive Directors have access  
to professional development provided  
by external bodies.  Their continuing 
competence is considered by the 
Nomination Committee as part of the 
annual process of recommending the 
reappointment of Directors at the AGM. 

Share capital 
Details of the Company’s share capital and 
significant shareholders can be found on 
pages 56 and 57. 

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is chaired by 
Bob Ivell.  Details of its membership and 
attendance are set out below: 

Number of 
meetings: 

Members 
Bob Ivell  
(Committee 
Chairman) 
Andrew Page 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 

1 
Meetings eligible 
to attend 

Attendance 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

The responsibilities of the 
Nomination Committee 
include: 
  identifying and nominating 

candidates for appointment to 
the Board for the approval of 
the Board; 

  reviewing development needs 

of the Executives; and 
  making recommendations 
to the Board on Board 
composition and balance. 

28 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
28  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
Board of Directors 

Bob Ivell 

Non-Executive Chairman  

Sandra Turner 

Non-Executive Director 

Bob joined the Board as Chairman on  
1 November 2014.  He is currently Non-
Executive Chairman of Mitchells & Butlers 
plc and Non-Executive Director at Charles 
Wells Ltd.  He was previously Chairman of 
David Lloyd Leisure Limited, Park Resorts 
Group Limited, Next Generation Clubs 
Pacific, the Senior Independent Director 
of Britvic plc and AGA Rangemaster Group 
plc and a Non-Executive Director of The 
Restaurant Group plc.  He has over 30 
years’ experience in the food and beverage 
industry, holding executive roles with 
Regent Inns plc, Scottish & Newcastle plc 
and Whitbread plc, each of which involved 
the management of large consumer-facing 
estates.  Bob holds a qualification in 
management and business studies.   
He chairs the Nomination Committee. 

Wilf Walsh 

Chief Executive Officer 

Appointed to the Board as Chief Executive 
on 21 July 2014, Wilf has held senior 
positions in various roles, most recently as 
Chairman of Fortuna Entertainment Group 
NV, and was also the Managing Director 
of Coral and a Non-Executive Director of 
Gala Coral Group between 2000 and 2016.  
Prior to that he spent six years with HMV 
Media Group as the Managing Director of 
HMV Germany and as Operations Director 
for the UK and Ireland.  Wilf graduated in 
Law from the University of Leeds and is a 
Chartered Fellow of the Institute of 
Personnel and Development. 

Neil Page 

Chief Financial Officer 
Neil joined Carpetright in July 2008 as 
Group Finance Director.  Neil began his 
career with British Rail and Marks and 
Spencer.  He joined Superdrug in 1991, 
holding a variety of finance and operational 
positions before taking up the role of 
Finance and IT Director for AS Watson 
(Health & Beauty) UK Ltd in July 2002.  In 
his role as Chief Financial Officer he also has 
responsibility for property and supply chain 
activities.  He is a fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Management Accountants. 

Sandra joined the Board in October 2010.  
She spent 21 years at Tesco and was part 
of its senior management team, holding 
senior commercial and operational roles  
in the UK and Ireland.  From 2003 to  
2009 she was the Commercial Director  
of Tesco Ireland.  She is the Senior 
Independent Director of Greggs plc and  
a Non-Executive Director of McBride plc, 
and Huhtamäki Oyj and was previously a 
Non-Executive Director of Northern Foods 
plc and Countrywide plc.  Sandra holds a 
BA (Hons) in marketing.  She chairs the 
Remuneration Committee. 

David Clifford 

Non-Executive Director 
David, a Chartered Accountant, joined 
the Board in December 2011.  He was 
previously a Senior Partner with KPMG.  
Throughout his career he held a variety of 
roles and led the Consumer Markets Unit  
of KPMG for a period, advising a number of 
retailers.  He is a Trustee and the Treasurer 
of the Gurkha Welfare Trust, a Trustee of 
the Varkey Foundation, an educational 
charity, and a Non-Executive Director of 
Optivo, a housing association.  He chairs 
the Audit Committee. 

Andrew Page 

Non-Executive Director 
Andrew joined the Board in July 2013 and 
was appointed as the Senior Independent 
Director in April 2015.  He is the Chairman 
of Northgate plc and a Non-Executive 
Director of JP Morgan Emerging Markets 
Investment Trust plc and Schroder UK 
Mid Cap Fund plc.  Andrew retired as 
Chief Executive of The Restaurant Group 
plc (“TRG”) in August 2014 after thirteen 
years with TRG.  Prior to joining TRG, he 
held a number of senior positions in the 
leisure and hospitality industry including 
Senior Vice President with InterContinental 
Hotels.  Andrew trained and qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant with KPMG.  He is 
the Senior Independent Director. 

www.carpetright.plc.ukl  |  29 
29

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
Directors’ report continued 

Audit Committee report 

Dear Shareholder, 
I am pleased to introduce the report of  
the Audit Committee for 2018. 

The Committee plays an important part  
in the governance of the Group, with  
its principal activities focused on the  
integrity of financial reporting, quality and 
effectiveness of internal and external audit, 
risk management and the system of  
internal control. 

Additional work has been undertaken this 
year in relation to the Group’s restructuring, 
including reviewing the financial information 
contained in the prospectus relative to the 
Placing and Open Offer (the ‘Prospectus’). 

During the year the Audit Committee 
has undertaken the following tasks: 
–  considered our financial results 

announcements and financial statements 
and monitored compliance with relevant 
statutory and listing requirements;  

–  reviewed the working capital  

statement, the financial statements  
and the profit estimate, and reports  
from external auditors in relation to each 
contained in the Prospectus and made 
recommendations to the Board 
appropriately; 

–  reported to the Board on the 

appropriateness of our accounting 
policies and practices; 

–  overseen the relationship with the 

external auditors including reviewing 
their independence, objectivity 
and effectiveness; 

–  reviewed the external auditors’ plan  

for the audit of the Group’s accounts, 
approved the terms of engagement for 
the audit and reviewed their findings; 
–  reviewed the process for ensuring that 
senior management confirm that they 
have supplied the auditors with relevant 
audit information; 

–  approved the audit fees paid to the 
external auditors and reviewed the 
application of the policy on non-audit 
work performed by them together with 
the non-audit fees payable to them; 

–  approved the engagement of the  

external auditors in connection with the 
Group’s restructuring, most significantly 
being the CVA circular to shareholders 
and the subsequent Prospectus; 

–  reviewed the scope, resources, results 
and effectiveness of the activity of the 
Group internal audit department; 
–  reviewed the work of the Executive  
Risk Committee, which oversees the 
identification and management of the 
risks to the business, together with 
reports on the Group’s systems of 
internal control; 

–  performed in-depth reviews of specific 
areas of financial reporting, risk and 
internal controls and discussed these 
with the executives responsible for the 
relevant area; 

–  considered all matters reported via the 
whistleblowing line and reports relating  
to fraud; 

–  reviewed the viability statement; and 
–  reviewed its terms of reference 

and effectiveness. 

We meet formally at key times within our 
reporting calendar, and the agendas are 
designed to cover significant areas of risk 
over the course of the year and to provide 
oversight and challenge to the key financial 
judgments, controls and processes that 
operate within the Company. 

The Committee will continue to keep  
its activities under review in the light of 
regulatory developments and the 
emergence of best practice. 

Overall, I am satisfied that the activities of 
the Committee during the year enable it to 
gain a good understanding of the key risks 
impacting the Group along with the 
oversight of its key controls. 

I will be available to answer any questions at 
the AGM in September. 

David Clifford 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
26 June 2018 

David Clifford 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

“Additional work has been 
undertaken this year in relation  
to the Group’s restructuring, 
including reviewing the financial 
information contained in the 
prospectus relative to the Placing 
and Open Offer.” 

30 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
22  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
Composition 
Ordinarily the Committee meets four 
times each year.  Meetings are attended 
by the members who are independent  
Non-Executive Directors and, by invitation, 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the  
Chief Financial Officer, and the Director  
of Group Internal Audit.  The external 
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
(PwC), were invited to four meetings  
this year. 

Other relevant individuals from the business  
are also invited to attend certain meetings  
in order to provide a deeper level of insight 
into certain key issues and developments.  
There are also private meetings with the 
external and internal auditors without 
management present. 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the 
Board from the Non-Executive Directors of 
the Company.  The terms of reference are 
reviewed annually by the Audit Committee 
and are then referred to the Board for 
approval.  These are available on the 
Company’s corporate website at 
www.carpetright.plc.uk. 

The Audit Committee is chaired by David 
Clifford.  The Board has determined that 
David Clifford has recent and relevant 
financial experience.  There have not been 
any changes to the composition of the 
Committee in the period.  The biographies 
of the members of the Committee can be 
found on page 29.  Details of membership 
and attendance are set out below: 

Number of meetings: 

4 
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend 
4 

Attendance 
4 

Members 
David Clifford 
(Committee 
Chairman) 
Andrew Page 
Sandra Turner 

4 
3 

4 
4 

Main activities of the 
Committee during the year 
The Committee assisted the Board in 
carrying out its responsibilities in relation  
to financial reporting requirements, risk 
management and the assessment of internal 
controls and has an agenda linked to events 
in the Group’s financial calendar.  It also 
reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal audit function and managed the 
Group’s relationship with the external 
auditors.  The Committee Chairman reported 
to the Board, as part of a separate agenda 
item, on the activity of the Committee and 
matters of particular relevance to the Board  
in the conduct of its work. 

The Committee reviewed the working capital 
statement, the financial statements and the 
profit estimate, and reports from the external 
auditors or the reporting accountants (as 
appropriate) in relation to each contained in  
the Prospectus and made recommendations 
to the Board appropriately. 

The Committee reviewed the viability 
statement, which is designed to be a 
longer-term view of the sustainability of the 
Company’s strategy and business model 
and related resourcing, in the light of 
projected wider economic and market 
developments.  In reviewing the statement, 
the Committee considered the assumptions 
made in preparing last year’s statement in 
the light of subsequent trading leading up  
to the decision to undertake the CVA.  
While various scenarios were tested, 
including reductions in sales and margin,  
a fall in like-for-like sales as significant as  
the 10.8% suffered in the final quarter of  
the financial year in the UK and 8.3% in  
the Rest of Europe was not anticipated.   
It should be noted that the conditions 
experienced this year were worse than 
those suffered in the early part of the 2008 
recession.  The Committee reviewed the 
processes designed to enable the Board  
to make the statement this year.  The 
statement appears on page 19 together 
with details of the processes, assumptions, 
and testing which underpin it. 

The internal audit reports this year received 
and reviewed by the Committee showed  
an increasing stock-loss in stores for the 
second year.  As a result, the Committee 
has asked management to ensure there 
is a renewed focus on reducing this loss 
through improved operational discipline. 

Financial reporting 
The Committee reviewed, with 
management and the external auditors,  
the half-year and annual financial 
statements, and the financial statements 
contained in the Prospectus concentrating 
on, amongst other matters: 

–  the appropriateness and application  

of accounting policies and compliance 
with the relevant financial reporting 
requirements; 

–  material areas in which significant 

judgments have been applied or there 
has been discussion with the external 
auditors; and 

–  whether the Annual report and accounts 
contains the necessary disclosures to 
fairly reflect the Group’s financial 
condition and results of its operations. 

To aid its review, the Committee considered 
reports from the Chief Financial Officer and 
also reports from the external auditors on 
the outcomes of their half-year review, 
reviews in respect of the Prospectus  
and annual audit. 

The primary areas of judgment considered 
by the Committee in relation to the 2018 
accounts, and the financial information 
contained in the Prospectus and how these 
were addressed, are set out below.  In all 
cases the Committee discussed with PwC 
its work in respect of these areas. 

The financial information contained in the 
Prospectus was drawn up as at a date 
which preceded the CVA, and some of the 
matters contained in those statements were 
revised at the year-end. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

31
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  23 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Audit Committee report continued 

Going concern and viability 
As disclosed under the heading “Main 
activities of the Committee” on page 31 the 
Committee reviewed draft going concern 
and viability statements.  In reviewing the 
drafts, the Committee considered, amongst 
other things, the financial forecasts and 
current trading performance of the Group. 

Trading for the year to date had been 
particularly challenging involving a number 
of factors including the combined impact 
of hot weather, the Royal Wedding and a 
shortage of inventory while arrangements 
with suppliers were resolved. 

As a result, the Committee asked for further 
analyses to be provided for consideration by 
the Board before the Board approved the 
final going concern and viability statements.  
The Board’s assessments, and the final 
versions of, the going concern and viability 
statements can be found on page 19. 

Treatment of restructuring costs and 
provisions 
The Group has incurred, and will continue 
to incur, professional, logistical and other 
costs during the CVA and wider 
restructuring process.  The Committee 
reviewed the treatment of the costs incurred 
and appropriateness of the provisions held 
for future restructuring costs, as well as 
reviewing the level of expenditure expected 
to be recognised during the financial year 
ended April 2019.  The Committee agreed 
with management that £5.8m of provisions 
for future restructuring costs (including 
redundancy payments) and £6.4m of 
professional fees be recognised in the 
current financial year and be treated as 
separately reported items.   

Goodwill impairment testing 
The judgments in relation to goodwill 
impairment historically largely relate to 
the assumptions underlying the calculation 
of the value-in-use of the business being 
tested for impairment.  Due to the decline  
in trading, the value of the trading cash 
flows were below net assets in the UK and 
the full goodwill relating to an investment in 
the Netherlands not being fully supportable, 
the Committee agreed to write off the entire 
goodwill in the UK and £4.9m of goodwill in 
the Netherlands. 

Impairment of assets 
The Committee has carried out a further 
review of the freehold and long-leasehold 
property valuations, supported by a 
comprehensive external valuation, and  
also reviewed the store asset impairment 
assessment.  The Committee agreed with 
management that further impairments of 
£5.1m of the freehold and long-leasehold 
properties and £5.7m of store assets 
is appropriate. 

Onerous lease provision 
The practice is to treat a lease as being 
onerous if the store relative to the lease  
is closed or if the expected benefits of  
using the leased property are less than the 
unavoidable property costs.  Management 
makes an assessment as to the cost 
of exiting the lease based on available 
information and knowledge of the property 
market.  The Committee has considered  
the judgments and assumptions made 
in determining the provision both at 24 
February 2018 (for the purposes of the 
Prospectus which does not take into 
account the anticipated effect of the CVA) 
and at the year-end.  The Committee 
agreed with management that as a result of 
the decline in trading, a provision of £27m 
would be held in relation to loss making or 
closed stores as at 24 February 2018.  
However, it was agreed with management 
that, as a result of the CVA, a significant 
release of this provision of approximately 
£13.0m occurred at the year-end.  Further 
details can be found in note 5 to the 
financial statements on pages 72 and 73. 

24  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

32 |  Annual report and accounts 2018

 
 
 
 
Risk management and  
internal control 
Internal audit 
The Committee considered and approved 
the Annual Internal Audit plan and at each 
meeting reviewed reports from the Director 
of Group Internal Audit, including those 
showing performance against the plan,  
and approved changes as appropriate.   
The reports include updates on audit 
activities, progress of the Group audit plan, 
the results of any unsatisfactory audits and 
the action plans to address these areas, 
and resource requirements of the Internal 
Audit department.  The internal audit team 
utilises the services of Deloitte LLP to assist 
in the discharge of its functions.  Private 
discussions are held with the Director  
of Group Internal Audit as necessary 
throughout the year.  Deloitte also met  
with the Committee during the year. 

Internal control 
The Committee reviewed the process  
by which the Group evaluated its control 
environment.  Its work here is driven 
primarily by the work undertaken by the 
Group’s Internal Audit department, which 
includes any reported fraud.  The Director  
of Group Internal Audit monitored the timely 
implementation of any recommendations 
and reported to the Committee accordingly.  
The Committee also reviewed the 
documentation prepared to support the 
Board’s annual statement on internal 
controls before its consideration by the  
full Board. 

Whistleblowing 
The Company operates a whistleblowing 
telephone line in the UK and an email 
whistleblowing facility in Europe.  Both  
are operated by independent companies 
and reports are received by the Director  
of Group Internal Audit, the Company 
Secretary or the HR Director.  Matters 
reported related to individual treatment by 
line managers or colleagues, dishonesty, 
right to work in the UK and breach of 
Company policy.  In each case the issues 
were investigated, a judgment was made 
and action taken where appropriate.  The 
outcome of all matters was reported to the 
Audit Committee.

Risk management 

The Group’s risk assessment process  
and the way in which significant business 
risks are managed is a key area of focus for 
the Committee.  The Committee received 
and considered reports from the Chief 
Financial Officer on the Group’s risk 
evaluation process and reviewed changes 
to significant risks identified.  It also 
discussed emerging and potential risks. 

The Committee reviewed, in detail, the 
assessment and controls for the principal 
risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 
21 to 23.  The work included a review  
of the controls in place to mitigate the risk, 
the assessment by the Director of Group 
Internal Audit and a discussion with the  
risk owner, being a senior executive.   
The Committee considered in-depth 
reviews into the risks relating to reputation, 
fitters, economic uncertainty, and finance 
and treasury. 

The Committee considers these reviews to 
be an important part of its role, as they allow 
it to meet executive management 
responsible for these areas and undertake 
independent challenge of their activities. 

External audit 
Assessing the effectiveness of the external 
audit process is dependent on appropriate 
audit risk identification at the start of the 
audit cycle.  The Committee received a 
detailed audit plan from PwC, identifying 
their assessment of these key risks.  For  
the 2018 financial year the primary risks 
identified and how the scope of the audit 
addressed the area of focus are set out in 
the auditors’ report on pages 98 to 106. 

The Committee discusses the work carried 
out by the auditors to test management’s 
assumptions and estimates around these 
areas.  The Committee assesses the 
effectiveness of the audit process in 
addressing these matters through the 
reporting it receives from, and discussions 
with, PwC at both the half-year and year-
end.  In addition, the Committee also seeks 
feedback from management on the 
effectiveness of the audit process. 

For the 2018 financial year, management 
was satisfied that there had been 
appropriate focus and challenge on the 
primary areas of audit risk and assessed  
the quality of the audit process to be good.  
The Audit Committee concurred with the 
view of management. 

The Committee holds private meetings  
with the external auditors twice a year to 
provide additional opportunity for open 
dialogue and feedback from the auditors 
without management being present.  
Matters discussed include the transparency 
and openness of interactions with 
management and confirmation that there 
has been no restriction in scope placed  
on them by management.  The Audit 
Committee chairman also meets with the 
audit partner from time to time outside the 
formal committee process. 

Appointment and independence 
The Committee and Board place great 
emphasis on the independence and 
objectivity of the Group’s auditors, PwC, 
when performing their role in the Group’s 
reporting to shareholders and considering 
their re-appointment each year. 

The Committee reviews the independence, 
objectivity and performance of the auditors 
annually, including the annual report on the 
auditors produced by the Audit Quality 
Review Team of the Financial Reporting 
Council and the auditors’ own annual report 
on its independence. 

PwC have been auditors to the Company 
since 2005 when they were appointed 
following a competitive tender.  They were, 
again, re-appointed following a competitive 
tender which concluded in May 2016 and 
was reported in the 2016 Annual Report. 

The auditors’ tenure runs from one AGM  
to the next and there are no contractual 
obligations that restrict the Committee’s 
choice of external auditors. 

The external auditors are required to rotate 
the audit partner responsible for the Group 
audit every five years.  The audit of this 
Report and Accounts is the fourth to be 
carried out of the Group by the current  
audit partner.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

33
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  25 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Audit Committee report continued 

Audit and non-audit fees 
Details of the auditors’ remuneration for 
audit work and non-audit fees for the period 
ended 28 April 2018 are disclosed in note 3 
to the financial statements on page 71 and 
disclosed above.  The Committee approved 
the fees for both audit and non-audit 
services for 2018.  It also approved the 
appointment of the external auditors  
as reporting accountants for the purposes 
of the CVA circular and the Prospectus.  
This occurred following a review of the level 
and nature of work to be performed, the 
urgency required, after being satisfied that it 
would be impractical or inefficient to appoint 
another firm, that independence would not 
be compromised and that the fees were 
appropriate for the scope of the work 
required.  The Committee safeguarded 
PwC’s independence by appointing a 
different team within PwC to act as 
reporting accountants. 

Committee evaluation 
The Committee’s activities formed part  
of the review of Board effectiveness 
undertaken.  Details of this process can  
be found on page 27.  No significant  
matters were identified which needed to  
be addressed. 

Non-audit services 
To further safeguard the objectivity and 
independence of the external auditors from 
becoming compromised, the Committee 
has a formal policy governing the 
engagement of the external auditors to 
provide non-audit services.  This was 
changed to ensure it complies with the 
latest guidance.  This precludes the auditors 
from providing certain services such as 
valuation work, the provision of accounting 
services, certain tax services and HR 
services and also sets a presumption that 
the auditors should only be engaged for 
non-audit services where the appointment 
of an alternative supplier would be either 
impractical or inefficient, bearing in mind the 
particular circumstances. 

The auditors may only provide such 
services provided that such advice does not 
conflict with their statutory responsibilities 
and ethical guidance.  For those permitted 
services that exceed the specified fee limits, 
the Audit Committee Chairman’s or the 
Committee’s approval, depending upon the 
financial expenditure, is required before 
PwC can provide non-audit services.  The 
Audit Committee Chairman’s approval is 
required for any engagement of PwC where 
the fee would exceed 10% of the audit fee, 
but is less than 25% of the audit fee, with 
the Committee’s approval being required for 
expenditure more than 25% of the audit fee. 

The Committee monitors the volume of 
work provided by the auditors and the fees 
incurred in order to consider whether to use 
other firms.  The Company continues to use 
other firms for general tax advice and to 
support the internal audit function. 

During the year the significant non-audit 
services work undertaken by PwC related 
to the CVA circular and the Prospectus at a 
total cost of £550k (2017: £1k).  Additional 
work undertaken by PwC post the year 
end, relating to the Prospectus, incurred 
fees of £200k. 

34 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
30  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
Directors’ remuneration report 

Sandra Turner 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

“The Committee has again sought  
to ensure that the remuneration 
policies and practices are clearly 
explained and justified such that 
they will drive behaviour that is both 
appropriate and in the long-term 
interests of the Company and 
shareholders.” 

Dear Shareholder, 
I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
remuneration report on behalf of the Board. 

Our remuneration policy was approved by 
shareholders at our AGM on 7 September 
2017 and became effective for three years.  
We have set out our policy again to allow 
cross-reference against its operation during 
the year. 

The report comprises three key sections: 

–  This annual letter; 
–  Our remuneration policy report, which 
sets out a summary of the Directors’ 
remuneration policy for all directors of 
Carpetright; and 

–  Our annual remuneration report, which 
sets out how our current remuneration 
policy has been implemented. 

The annual remuneration report is subject  
to an advisory shareholder vote at the  
2018 AGM. 

Remuneration policy 
The Committee continues to remain mindful 
of the interest in executive remuneration.  
The Committee has therefore carefully 
reviewed and taken into consideration the 
developments in corporate governance and 
best practice during the year.  In line with 
this the Committee has again sought to 
ensure that the remuneration policies and 
practices are clearly explained and justified 
such that they will drive behaviour that is 
both appropriate and in the long-term 
interests of the Company and shareholders. 

The Committee remains firmly committed  
to ensuring that the remuneration of the 
Executive Directors supports and drives the 
Carpetright strategy based on a framework 
which both challenges and motivates 
management to deliver the strategy  
and value for our shareholders. 

Share retention guidelines 

Last year changes were made to the 
shareholding guidelines such that there is 
an additional holding period for Executive 
Directors in respect of shares vesting under 
the Long-Term Incentive Plan of one year 
post-employment. 

Salaries 

For the 2018 pay review, the Chief 
Executive and the Chief Financial  
Officer indicated to the Committee  
that, in light of the performance of the 
business, their base salaries should  
remain unchanged.  The Committee 
therefore decided not to conduct a review 
of their pay and, as a result, their base 
salaries remain unchanged. 

Annual bonus scheme 
As described in the financial review  
section of this annual report the Group  
has delivered an underlying loss before tax 
of £8.7m.  The strategic objective relating 
to customer service was achieved in part, 
but the other strategic objectives were not 
achieved.  However, this level of profit is 
below the level at which an annual bonus 
would be earned.  Consequently, no bonus 
will be paid in respect of the financial year 
ended April 2018.  Further details can be 
found in the annual report on remuneration 
on page 48. 

Annual incentive arrangements for  
the financial year ending 27 April 2019  
for Executive Directors are expected  
to be based upon the achievement  
of underlying EBITDA.  Subject to 
commercial confidentiality, performance 
against these targets will be disclosed in 
next year’s report. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

35
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  33 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Long term incentives 
The performance condition set in relation  
to the grant of LTIP awards in 2015 
related to cumulative underlying earnings 
per share.  Due to the disappointing 
business performance, none of the LTIP 
awards made in 2015 will vest. 

The Committee has reviewed the current 
performance of the LTIP awards made in 
2016 and 2017, which were also based 
upon cumulative underlying earnings per 
share measures, and has concluded that 
they are currently unlikely to vest. Further 
details can be found on page 50. 

It is anticipated that awards under the  
LTIP will normally be made following the 
announcement of the annual results.  
However, the performance condition and 
timing of the awards to be made in the 
financial year ending April 2019 have yet  
to be determined, but will be subject to a 
two-year post-vesting holding period for 
Executive Directors.  Due to poor financial 
performance and the resultant decline in 
share price, the Committee has decided 
that level of awards to be made this year  
will be significantly lower than the level 
made in previous years (reduced from 
150% to 100% of salary for the CEO and 
from 125% to 85% of salary for the CFO). 

Gender pay gap reporting 
In addition to the consideration of executive 
remuneration, the Committee has taken a 
keen interest in the gender pay gap and, 
whilst there is a gap, the gap is below the 
national average, details of which can be 
found on page 24. 

Closing comments 
I will be available to answer any questions 
at the AGM in September and recommend 
that you support the Directors’ remuneration 
report and annual report on remuneration at 
our forthcoming meeting. 

Sandra Turner 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

36 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
34  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2017 

Part 2 – Directors’ remuneration policy report 
Introduction 
This report has been prepared to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable legislation, including  
the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) (‘Regulations’), and has  
also been prepared in line with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) and the Listing Rules of the  
UK Listing Authority. 

As part of its responsibilities the Remuneration Committee prepares the Policy Report, below, which sets out the remuneration policy  
that has applied to the Directors of the Company since 29 April 2017 and was adopted following a binding vote at the AGM held on  
7 September 2017.  The policy report has been reproduced for information and updated to reflect the passage of time, such as change  
in tense and page references and the Executive Directors’ current remuneration packages for the purposes of the chart illustrating the 
application of the policy in the coming year and the effect on the share ownership guidelines consequent upon a reduction in the value  
of the LTIP awards.   

Policy overview 

A key part of the Committee’s role is to ensure that the remuneration of Executive Directors and senior management is aligned to the 
Company’s strategic objectives.  It is key that the Company is able to attract and retain leaders who are focused and also appropriately 
incentivised to deliver the Company’s strategic objectives within a framework which is aligned with the interests of the Company’s 
shareholders.  This alignment is achieved through a combination of setting appropriate performance targets, a retention period for  
vested LTIP awards and share ownership guidelines which require executives to build up holdings of Carpetright shares.  These  
guidelines, which are reviewed at least annually, require Executive Directors to build up and maintain a target holding having a value 
equal to the same multiple of base salary as awards are made under the LTIP (100% for Wilf Walsh, 85% for Neil Page).  Until such a 
holding is achieved, each Executive Director is obliged to retain shares with a minimum value equal to 50% of the post-tax vested shares 
under the LTIP. 

The Committee ensures that a significant proportion of the overall remuneration package of Executive Directors remains at risk.  With  
all packages for Executive Directors substantially geared towards meeting targets set under the annual bonus and long-term incentive 
schemes, the Committee believes that the pay and benefits of its Executive Directors and senior management adequately take account  
of reward versus risk. 

The Committee considers that no element of the remuneration arrangements, which are all very carefully considered, will encourage 
inappropriate risk taking or behaviour by any executive. 

The policy for the remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors is set out in the tables below.

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

37
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  35 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Policy Table – Elements of Directors’ remuneration package 

Executive Directors 

Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Base salary 
Helps to recruit and 
retain Executive 
Directors. 

Reflects 
responsibilities, 
performance, 
experience and role.  

Generally reviewed annually (with any change 
effective in May) but exceptionally at other times 
of the year. 

Annual increases generally in line with  
the level of standard increase awarded  
to other employees. 

Set with reference to individual performance, 
experience and responsibilities, reflecting the 
market rate for the individual and their role. 

More significant increases may be 
awarded at the discretion of the 
Committee in connection with: 

When reviewing the salaries of the Executive 
Directors, the Committee also has regard to 
the impact on the cost of pension provision 
and pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group.  
In particular, the Committee takes account of 
the level of salary increases awarded to other 
employees of the Group when deciding on 
increases for Executive Directors. 

–  an increase in the scope and 

responsibility of the individual’s role; or 

–  the individual’s development and 
performance in the role following 
appointment. 

Performance 
measurement 

Not applicable 

Benefits 
Provides a competitive 
package of benefits to 
assist with recruitment 
and retention of 
Executive Directors. 

Executive Directors are entitled to a competitive 
package of benefits, including: 
–  car benefits; 
–  life assurance; and 
–  private medical cover. 

Pension 
The Company aims 
to provide 
competitive 
retirement benefits. 

This helps recruit 
and retain Executive 
Directors. 

The Company operates a defined contribution 
Group Personal Pension Plan (‘GPPP’).  
Executive Directors are offered a specific 
percentage of their base salary to fund their 
own pension provision.  The Executive Directors 
are able to choose whether the allowance is 
paid to the GPPP or to receive the allowance by 
way of a salary supplement. 

The value of a car allowance is of a level 
appropriate to the individual’s role and is 
subject to review from time to time. 

Not applicable 

The cost to the Company of other benefits 
is not predetermined and may vary from 
year to year. 

Up to 20% of base salary. 

Not applicable 

38 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
36  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Annual bonus 
To incentivise 
achievement of 
annual targets and 
objectives consistent 
with the short to 
medium-term 
strategic needs of 
the business, so  
as to encourage 
sustainable growth  
in the Company’s 
operating profits. 

Bonuses are awarded by reference to performance 
against specific targets measured over a single  
financial year. 

Any amounts awarded to an Executive Director  
under this arrangement are paid out in full shortly  
after the assessment of the performance targets has 
been completed. 

Bonuses do not form part of the Executive Directors’ 
pensionable earnings. 

Bonuses are subject to clawback at the discretion of 
the Committee in the event of a material misstatement 
of the financial results, an error in assessing the size of 
the bonus or where the individual had committed an act 
of gross misconduct during the relevant financial year. 

Capped at 100%  
of base salary. 

The percentage 
payable for on-target 
performance is 
determined by the 
Committee each year 
in light of the degree  
of stretch in the  
targets and affordability 
of the resulting bonus 
pay-outs relative to 
budgeted levels  
of profit. 

The measures and targets 
are set annually by the 
Committee in order to 
ensure that they are 
relevant to participants and 
take account of the most 
up-to-date business plan 
and strategy. 

All or a significant majority 
of the bonus opportunity 
will normally be 
determined by reference  
to performance against  
a demanding Group 
underlying profit target. 

Additional targets  
applied may relate to  
the achievement of 
specific strategic or 
personal objectives.  
These measures will be 
disclosed in the annual 
report on remuneration, 
where not deemed 
commercially sensitive. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

39
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  37 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) 
Incentivises 
Executive Directors 
to deliver superior 
levels of long-term 
performance for  
the benefit of 
shareholders, 
thereby aligning  
their interests with 
those of the 
Company’s 
investors. 

The current LTIP was approved at the 2013 AGM 
(Carpetright Long Term Incentive Plan 2013). 

Awards consist of annual awards of shares that vest 
three years after grant to the extent that performance 
conditions have been met over a three-year 
performance period. 

A two-year post-vesting holding period applies to 
shares (less any required to be sold to cover tax and 
social security) that vest.  

Awards are subject to clawback at the discretion of 
the Committee in the event of a material misstatement 
of the financial results, an error in the calculation of 
performance conditions or if the participant ceases 
to be employed as a result of misconduct. 

–  normal maximum of 
150% of salary; and 

–  exceptional 

circumstances 
maximum 250%  
of salary. 

Dividend equivalents 
may be payable on LTIP 
awards, in cash or 
shares, to the extent that 
awards vest. 

All employee share schemes, including a Sharesave Plan and Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) 
Encourages a broad 
range of employees 
to become long-term 
shareholders. 

The Company operates HM Revenue and  
Customs approved Sharesave and SIP plans with 
standard terms.  

Sharesave and SIP 
participation limits are 
as set by the UK tax 
authorities from time  
to time. 

The measures and targets 
are set annually by the 
Committee ensuring 
alignment with the 
Company’s medium to 
long-term strategy. 

Awards made in the 
financial year ended 28 
April 2018 were subject  
to performance conditions 
based on the Company’s 
underlying earnings  
per share. 

25% will vest at threshold 
with full vesting taking 
place for equalling or 
exceeding the maximum 
target, with a sliding scale 
between the two points. 

The Committee has 
discretion to set different 
and multiple metrics and 
targets for future awards. 

Not applicable 

Not applicable. 

Not applicable. 

Share retention guidelines 
To further align the 
interests of Executive 
Directors to those of 
shareholders. 

Executive Directors are expected to build up and 
retain a shareholding of the same percentage of salary 
as awards are made under the LTIP by the retention 
of shares with a minimum value equal to 50% of the 
net of tax gain arising from any vesting or exercise 
under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

The Executive Directors are required to continue  
to hold the lower of 50% of their guideline level and 
50% of the value of shares they own at cessation 
of employment (excluding shares purchased in the 
market) for a period of one year following cessation 
of employment. 

40 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
38  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purpose and link to strategy  Operation 

Maximum 

Performance measurement 

Non-Executive Directors 
Helps recruit and  
retain high quality, 
experienced  
individuals.  

Reflects time  
commitment  
and role. 

The Chairman is paid a fee, and no additional fee will 
be paid for chairing any of the Board’s Committees. 

Non-Executive Directors are paid an annual basic 
fee plus additional fees are payable to the Senior 
Independent Director (SID) and the Chair of each of its 
Committees.  Where the SID role is combined with that  
of chairing a Committee then only one fee is paid. 

Not applicable. 

The aggregate  
amount of Directors’ 
fees is limited by the 
Company’s Articles of 
Association. 

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for pension 
scheme membership, bonus or incentive arrangements.  
They are entitled to reimbursement of reasonable 
business expenses and tax thereon. 

Limited benefits relating to travel, accommodation and 
hospitality may be provided in relation to the performance 
of any Directors’ duties. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are set by the Executive 
Directors with reference to external data on fee levels  
in similar businesses, having taken account of the 
responsibilities of individual Directors and their expected 
annual time commitment. 

Differences in remuneration policy across the Group 
The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors and other senior executives is designed with regard to the policy for employees  
across the Group as a whole.  However, the differences set out above arise from the development of remuneration arrangements that  
are market competitive for the various categories of individuals.  They also reflect the fact that, in the case of the Executive Directors and 
senior executives, a greater emphasis is typically placed on performance-related pay and in share-based form, which provides a good link 
to long-term Company performance. 

The following differences exist between the above policy for the remuneration of Directors and its approach to the payment of  
employees generally: 

–  a lower level of maximum annual bonus opportunity applies to employees other than the Executive Directors and certain  

senior managers; 

–  store-based colleagues receive commission based upon sales achieved, and field-based colleagues receive bonuses based upon  

the performance of their sphere of responsibility; 

–  participation in the LTIP is limited to the Executive Directors and certain selected senior managers.  Other employees are eligible to 

participate in the Company’s all employee share schemes; 

–  under the Company’s defined contribution pension scheme, the Company contribution for less senior employees is lower than that 

provided to Executive Directors; and 

–  benefits offered to other employees generally comprise colleague discount and, depending upon the colleague’s seniority, healthcare. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

41
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  39 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Incentive plan determinations and discretions 
The Committee fully recognises that the exercise of discretion must be undertaken in a very careful and considered way and that it is an 
area that will quite rightly come under scrutiny from shareholders and other stakeholders.  It is, however, important for the Committee to 
retain some discretion to make payments outside its remuneration policy in exceptional circumstances.  The Committee confirms that  
any exercise of discretion in such circumstances would be within the available discretions set out in this report, the rules of the relevant 
schemes, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant and that the maximum levels available under any relevant plans would not  
be exceeded. 

The Committee may grant awards under the LTIP as conditional share awards or nil (or nominal) cost options.  The Committee may also 
decide to grant cash-based awards of an equivalent value to share-based awards or to satisfy share-based awards in cash, although it 
does not currently intend to do so, other than in respect of the tax element of any vesting of awards made under the LTIP.  The Committee 
may decide that participants will receive a dividend equivalent payment (in cash and/or shares). 

The choice of the performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus reflect the Committee’s aim that annual incentives should promote 
growth in underlying earnings, while also promoting the achievement of key non-financial objectives.  The LTIP performance measure 
captures long-term growth in earnings performance, which we believe is most closely aligned with the financial performance expected 
by our shareholders.  In line with the Association of British Insurers’ Guidelines on Responsible Investment Disclosure, the Committee will 
ensure that the incentive structure for Executive Directors and senior management will not raise environmental, social or governance risks 
by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.  More generally, the Committee will ensure that the overall remuneration policy does not 
encourage inappropriate operational risk-taking. 

With regard to the annual bonus scheme and the LTIP, the Committee, consistent with market practice, is required to make certain 
determinations under and retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of these plans.  These 
include (but are not limited to) the following (with the maximum level of awards restricted as set out in the policy table on pages 38 to 41): 

–  who participates in the plans; 
–  the timing of grant of award and/or payment; 
–  the size of an award and/or a payment (within the limits set out in the policy table above); 
–  the choice of (and adjustment of) performance measures and targets for each incentive plan in accordance with the policy set out above 

and the rules of each plan;  

–  discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction; 
–  determination of good leaver status for incentive plan purposes based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment chosen; 
–  making adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring, on a change of control and special 

dividends), provided that the revised conditions or targets are not materially less difficult to satisfy; and 

– discretion to allow participants to sell, transfer, assign or dispose of some or all of their shares in exceptional circumstances before the 

end of the holding period, subject to such additional terms and conditions as the Committee may specify. 

Any exercise of discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the annual report on remuneration and may, as appropriate, be the 
subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders. 

Legacy arrangements 
In approving the Policy Report, authority is given to the Company to honour any commitments entered into with current or former Directors 
that is consistent with the approved remuneration policy in force at the time the commitment was made (or, if made before the current 
policy was approved, as have been disclosed previously to shareholders), or was made at a time when the relevant individual was not  
a Director of the Company. 

Consideration of employee views 
Although the Committee does not formally consult employees on executive remuneration, the Committee considers the general basic  
salary increase as well as pay and conditions for the broader employee population when determining the annual salary increases for  
the Executive Directors. 

42 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
40  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
Service agreements and policy on termination 
It is the Company’s policy to employ UK Executive Directors under contracts with an indefinite term subject to termination by notice given 
by either party, normally of 12 months or less.  Non-UK Executive Directors would be employed under contracts with similar terms to those 
of UK Executive Directors, subject to market practice and laws of any other jurisdiction where an employee is based. 

The Company seeks to avoid any payment for failure.  The circumstances of the termination (taking into account the individual’s 
performance) and an individual’s duty and opportunity to mitigate losses are taken into account in every case. 

If the Company terminates employment without giving full notice to the Executive Director, under the service contracts the Company has 
the option to either: 

–  pay damages calculated by reference to common law principles, including an obligation on the Executive Director to mitigate loss; or  
–  make a payment in lieu of notice calculated by reference to basic salary and benefits only.  Such payments may be phased and would  
be reduced or terminated if alternative employment was secured during the notice period.  There is also a requirement to mitigate loss. 

The Company also retains flexibility to pay reasonable legal fees and other costs incurred by the individual that are associated with the 
termination (including the settlement of claims brought against the Company) and to provide outplacement services. 

In circumstances in which a departing director may be entitled to pursue a legal claim, the Company may negotiate settlement terms and, 
with the approval of the Committee on the remuneration elements therein, enter into a settlement agreement accordingly. 

In addition, the Company would honour any legal entitlements, such as statutory redundancy payments or awards made by any tribunal  
or court, which executives may have on, or in respect of, termination. 

No bonuses are payable to individuals who are no longer employed or are under notice at the end of the financial year. 

Long-term incentive awards lapse on cessation of employment other than in certain ‘good leaver’ circumstances (including death, 
retirement with the agreement of the Committee, redundancy, ill health, or because the individual’s employing company or part of the 
business in which employment is transferred out of the Group or as otherwise determined by the Committee).  Where an individual is a 
‘good leaver’, awards would not lapse but would normally continue to vest at the end of the original performance period but only if, and to 
the extent that, the applicable performance conditions are satisfied.  Awards would also normally be subject to a pro-rata reduction to take 
account of the proportion of the vesting period that has elapsed, although the Committee has discretion to disapply pro-rating in certain 
circumstances.  On a change of control awards would vest early, subject to performance conditions being achieved, and would normally 
be subject to a pro-rata reduction, although the Committee has discretion to disapply pro-rating. 

Neil Page and Wilf Walsh have contracts of an indefinite term, subject to a 12 month notice period.  Non-Executive Directors are entitled  
to one month’s notice. 

Recruitment remuneration 
Salaries for new hires (including internal promotions) will be set to reflect their skills and experience, the Company’s intended pay positioning 
and the market rate for the role.  If it is considered appropriate to appoint a new Director on a below market salary (for example, to allow 
them to gain experience in the role), their salary may be increased to a market level over a number of years by way of a series of increases 
above the general rate of wage growth in the Group and inflation. 

The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s approved 
remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.  The Committee has discretion to set different targets and/or vary the weightings  
of the targets used in the annual bonus and LTIP for the first year following appointment.  In addition, the Committee may offer additional 
cash and/or share-based elements if it considers these to be in the best interests of the Company (and therefore shareholders).  Any such 
additional cash and/or share-based payments would be: (i) based solely on remuneration lost when leaving the former employer and would 
reflect (as far as practicable) the delivery mechanism, time horizons and performance requirement attaching to that remuneration; and  
(ii) delivered under the Group’s existing incentive arrangements to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside these 
schemes, if necessary, and as permitted under the Listing Rules. 

In the case of an internal appointment, any outstanding variable pay awarded in relation to the previous role will be allowed to pay out 
according to its terms of grant (adjusted as relevant to take into account the Board appointment). 

The Committee may also agree that the Company will compensate executives, both internal and external, for certain relocation expenses 
as appropriate.  Tax equalisation may also be considered if an executive is adversely affected by taxation due to their employment with the 
Company.  Legal fees and other costs incurred by the individual may also be paid by the Company. 

Fees for new Non-Executive Directors would be set in line with the policy set out above. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

43
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  41 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Outside appointments of the Executive Directors 
No Executive Director had an outside appointment during the year ended 28 April 2018.   

Policy for Non-Executive Directors 
The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts.  They are appointed for an initial three-year period, subject to being re-elected 
by members annually.  

Consideration of shareholder views 
The Remuneration Committee considers shareholder feedback received on the Directors’ remuneration report each year and guidance 
from shareholder representative bodies more generally.  Shareholders’ views are key inputs when shaping remuneration policy.   

Details of votes cast for and against the resolution to approve last year’s remuneration policy and annual report on remuneration, and any 
matters discussed with shareholders during the year, are set out in the annual report on remuneration. 

Expected value of the proposed annual remuneration packages for Executive Directors 
The following chart indicates the level of remuneration payable to Executive Directors in respect of the financial year ending 27 April 2019 
based on policy at ‘minimum’ remuneration, remuneration in line with ‘on-target’ performance and the maximum remuneration available for 
stretch performance.  

1,800

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

)
s
0
0
0
£

(

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

£1,500

30%

31%

£923

12%

25%

£579

100%

63%

39%

£943

27%

32%

41%

£602

11%

25%

64%

£388

100%

Fixed only

Target

CEO

Stretch

Fixed only

Target

CFO

Stretch

Fixed

Bonus

LTIP

Assumptions: 

–  Fixed only – fixed pay only, including base salary, pension allowance and benefits as disclosed in the single figure table on page 47. 
–  On-target – fixed pay, plus 50% of salary annual bonus, plus 25% of salary LTIP vesting (CEO) / 21.25% of salary LTIP vesting (CFO). 
–  Maximum – fixed pay, plus 100% of salary annual bonus, plus 100% of salary LTIP vesting (CEO) / 85% of salary LTIP vesting (CFO). 

44 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
42  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
Part 3 – Annual report on remuneration 
Introduction 

This annual report on remuneration provides details of the way in which the Committee implemented its policy during the financial year to  
28 April 2018.  It also summarises how the policy contained within the Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report on pages 37 to 44 will be 
applied in the financial year ending 27 April 2019. 

It has been prepared in accordance with the Regulations 2008.  In accordance with the Regulations, this part of the report will be subject  
to an advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM on 6 September 2018. 

The Company’s auditors are required to report to Carpetright’s shareholders on the “auditable parts” of this annual report on remuneration 
(which have been highlighted as such below) and to state whether, in their opinion, those parts have been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Regulations and the Companies Act 2006. 

Structure and Responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Sandra Turner.  Details of its membership, the date they joined the Committee and attendance 
are set out below: 

Number of meetings: 

Members 

Sandra Turner (Committee Chairman) 
Andrew Page 
David Clifford 

Date joined Committee 

Attendance 

October 2010 
July 2013 
September 2014 

2 
2 
2 

2 
Meetings eligible 
to attend 

2 
2 
2 

The Non-Executive Directors who served on the Committee had no personal financial interest (other than as shareholders) in the matters 
decided, no potential conflicts of interest from cross-directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the business.  Biographical 
information on the current Committee members is shown on page 29.  The Company Secretary (Jeremy Sampson) acts as secretary to  
the Committee. 

At the invitation of the Committee, the Chairman (Bob Ivell), the Chief Executive (Wilf Walsh), the Chief Financial Officer (Neil Page), and the 
Director of Human Resources (Rachel Wheeler and, previously, Lyn Rutherford) attend Committee meetings.  The Committee considers 
their views when reviewing the remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives.  They are not involved in decisions 
concerning their own remuneration. 

The responsibilities of the Committee include: 

–  determining and agreeing with the Board the broad remuneration policy for the Chairman, Executive Directors and senior executives; 
–  setting individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman and Executive Directors; 
–  recommending and monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for those members of senior management within the scope of 

the Committee; and 

–  approving the service agreements of each Executive Director, including termination arrangements. 

The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the Company’s corporate website (www.carpetright.plc.uk). 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

45
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  43 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Summary of Committee activity during the year ended 2018 

During the year ended 2018 the Committee has: 

–  discussed and reviewed the salaries of Directors and other senior executives; 
–  discussed and reviewed the level of awards under the LTIP; 
–  considered the appropriate metrics and targets for both the annual bonus and LTIP awards for the awards made in the year  

ended 2018; 

–  considered performance against the targets for the 2017 annual bonus (and following the year end, the 2018 annual bonus); 
–  considered, since the year end, the performance against targets for the 2015 LTIP; 
–  considered and approved the content of the Directors’ remuneration report; 
–  approved the launch of an annual invitation under the SAYE scheme; and 
–  reviewed its own performance. 

Remuneration advice 

The Committee is authorised by the Board to appoint external advisers if it considers this beneficial.  Over the course of the year, the 
Committee was advised by New Bridge Street (a trading name of Aon Hewitt Limited, part of Aon plc).  New Bridge Street was appointed 
as advisers in 2010 following a competitive tender.  The Committee’s advisers attended both Committee meetings.  New Bridge Street, 
which is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Group Code of Conduct for Executive Remuneration Consultants, did not provide 
other services to the Company.  Fees paid (excluding VAT) by the Company to New Bridge Street during the year amounted to £18k net  
of VAT (2017: £39k).  Although other members of the Aon plc group of companies provided insurance broking, pensions and advisory 
services to the Company, the Committee is satisfied that the provision of such services did not create any conflict of interest.   
The Committee reviews the effectiveness and independence of its advisers at a Committee meeting on an annual basis. 

Statement of shareholder voting at the 2017 AGM 
The table below shows the voting outcome at the 7 September 2017 AGM in respect of the approval of the 2017 Directors’ 
remuneration report.  

For (including 
discretionary 
votes) 

45,380,738 
98.6% 

45,380,428 
98.5% 

Against 

627,086 
1.4% 

699,995 
1.5% 

Total votes cast 
(for and against 
excluding votes 
withheld) 

Votes withheld1 

Total votes cast 
(including 
withheld votes) 

46,007,824 

429,318 

46,437,142 

46,080,423 

356,719 

46,437,142 

To approve the remuneration report 
% votes cast 

To approve the remuneration policy 
% votes cast 

Note: 
1.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law. 

46 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
44  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How our remuneration policy was implemented in the financial year ended 28 April 2018 
Single total figure table for the financial year ended 28 April 2018 (audited) 

The remuneration of the Directors for the year was as follows: 

Executive Directors 
Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 
Total 

Non-Executive Directors 
Bob Ivell 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 
Andrew Page 
Total 

Salary  
and fees 
£000 

Benefits1 
£000 

Pension2 
£000 

Subtotal fixed 
remuneration 
£000 

Bonus3 
£000 

Long-term 
Incentives 
£000 

All 
employee 
schemes 
£000 

Subtotal 
variable 
remuneration 
£000 

Single figure  
for total 
remuneration 
£000 

459 
300 
759 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

28 
28 
56 

92 
60 
152 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

579 
388 
967 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

579 
388 
967 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

The remuneration of the Directors for the financial year ended 29 April 2017 was as follows: 

Executive Directors 
Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 
Total 

Non-Executive Directors 
Bob Ivell 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 
Andrew Page 
Total 

Salary  
and fees 
£000 

Benefits1 
£000 

Pension2 
£000 

Subtotal fixed 
remuneration 
£000 

Bonus3 
£000 

Long-term  
incentives4 
£000 

All-
employee 
schemes5 
£000 

Subtotal 
variable 
remuneration 
£000 

Single figure 
for total 
remuneration 
£000 

459 
300 
759 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

28 
28 
56 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

92 
60 
152 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

579 
388 
967 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

188 
97 
285 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

4 
4 
8 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

192 
101 
293 

771 
489 
1,260 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

150 
44 
44 
44 
282 

Notes: 
1.  The main benefits available to the Executive Directors during the year ended 28 April 2018 were a car allowance, life assurance and private medical cover. 
2.  The pension provision is by way of a salary supplement to the Executive’s base salary. 
3.  This column shows the amount of bonus paid or payable in respect of the year in question. 
4.  This column shows the value of shares that vested in respect of LTIP awards with performance conditions that ended during the relevant period and includes  

dividends accrued during the relevant performance period and are payable on vesting.  The share price used for the purpose of calculation of the figure for the financial 
year ended 29 April 2017 reported in 2017 is the average mid-market closing share price (rounded to the nearest penny) in the dealing days in the three months to  
29 April 2017.  The actual value on the date of vesting was 195p, and the value has been restated accordingly. 

5.  These figures represent the value of the 20% discount on the Sharesave option price granted in the relevant year. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

47
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  45 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Payments to past directors (audited) 

No payments were made to past directors in the financial year ended 28 April 2018. 

Pensions (audited) 

Executive Directors are offered an allowance of 20% of their base salary to fund their own pension provision.  The individual is able to 
choose whether this allowance is paid to the Company’s defined contribution Group Personal Pension Plan (‘GPPP’) or paid by way of a 
salary supplement. 

Wilf Walsh and Neil Page both received their allowance as a salary supplement. 

Annual incentives – 2018 structure and outcome (audited) 

In respect of the financial year ended 28 April 2018, Executive Directors were eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based on  
the achievement of performance targets relating to Group underlying profit (80% of the total opportunity) and strategic metrics linked to 
property and customer service in store and improved store disciplines (20% of the total opportunity).  Payment in respect of the 
achievement of strategic objectives was subject to an underpin based upon the Group’s financial performance. 

The strategic objectives were as follows: 

–  A property-related objective.  As disclosed in the Strategic Report in last year’s annual report we have been managing the portfolio to 

reduce square footage, eliminate store catchment overlap and relocate to better locations on realistic rent deals.  Clearly, the promotion 
of the CVA has diverted focus from achieving this objective, as it is being achieved in respect of the year ending 2019 through the CVA.  
The target set for 2018 was a disposal of 20 stores, as it was for the years ended 29 April 2017 and 30 April 2016.  The target for 2017 
had an anticipated payback period of two to three years associated with it, with the target in 2016 having a projected payback of less 
than two years. 

–  Improvement in customer service relating to the Net Promoter Score.  The proportion of highly satisfied customers and overall 

satisfaction is also measured. 

–  Improvement in in-store disciplines. 

The maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors for the financial year ended 28 April 2018 was 100% (2017: 100%) of basic salary 
earned in the financial year, 50% (2017: 50%) of the financial element was payable for on-target performance. 

The Committee considered the extent to which the Executive Directors had achieved the financial and strategic objectives.  The strategic 
objectives relating to the property objective and the Net Promoter Score were met to the extent as set out in the table below.  However,  
as the financial metric was not achieved, no bonus will be payable. 

Metric 

Financial 

Underlying profit before tax (£m) 
Property disposals 
Net Promoter Score (averaged over three months) 
Improvement in store disciplines 
Bonus payout 

Threshold  

Target   Maximum   Actual performance 

20% 
payout 
£15.2m 
15 
75% 
20% 

50% 
payout 
£19.1m 
20 
76% 
38% 

100% 
payout 
(£8.7m) 
£22.9m 
7 
25 
75% 
77% 
45%  Less than 20% 

Maximum 
percentage 
of bonus 

Actual 
percentage 
of bonus 

80% 
10% 
5% 
5% 
100% 

0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 

48 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
46  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term incentives (audited) 
LTIP awards granted in July 2014 and included in single figure for the year ended 2017  

The LTIP awards granted in July 2014, which vested in July 2017, were based on performance over the three financial years ended  
29 April 2017.  There was a single underlying cumulative profit performance condition relating to these awards, with pro-rata straight-line 
vesting between the points: 

Underlying cumulative profit before tax over the performance period 

Below £35.2m 
£35.2m 
£51.2m 

Vesting level  

0% 
25% 
100% 

Actual cumulative profit measured over the three financial years ended 29 April 2017 was £45.9m.  As a result, 75% of the awards vested. 

LTIP awards granted in July 2015 and included in the single figure for the year ended 28 April 2018 

The LTIP awards granted in July 2015, which would vest in July 2018, are based on performance over the three financial years ended  
28 April 2018. 

Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

  Type of award  Basis of grant 

Nil cost 
option 
Nil cost 
option 

150% of 
salary 
125% of 
salary 

Average share 
price in 5 
working days 
preceding 
date of grant 

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted 

Face value of 
award 

577p 

119,324 

£688,499 

Threshold 
vesting 

25% 

Maximum 
vesting 

100% 

577p 

64,991 

£374,998 

25% 

100% 

Awards will vest according to performance against the cumulative underlying earnings per share, as set out below: 

Cumulative underlying earnings per share over the performance period 

Less than 65.6p 
65.6p 
80.2p 

The actual performance included in the single figure table is set out below: 

Performance 
measure 

Cumulative 
underlying 
earnings per 
share to the 
financial year 
ended 
28 April 2018 

Vesting level  

0% 
25% 
100% 

LTIP award 

July 2015 

Performance target 

Cumulative underlying 
earnings per share 

Weighting 

100% 

Actual 
performance 

Actual vesting 
level 

Date at end of 

performance period  Date of vesting 

Share price  
at vesting1 

30.4p 

0% 

28 April 2018  13 July 2018 

N/A 

Note: 
1.  The awards will not vest, so no share price has been used. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

49
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  47 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

LTIP granted September 2016  

The LTIP awards granted in September 2016, which will vest in September 2019, based on performance over the three financial years 
beginning 30 April 2016, are shown in the table below:  

Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

  Type of award  Basis of grant 

Nil cost 
option 
Nil cost 
option 

150% of 
salary 
125% of 
salary 

Average share 
price in 5 
working days 
preceding 
date of grant 

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted 

Face value of 
award 

241p 

285,684 

£688,498 

Threshold 
vesting 

25% 

Maximum 
vesting 

100% 

241p 

155,601 

£374,998 

25% 

100% 

Performance 
measure 

Cumulative 
underlying 
earnings per 
share to the 
financial year 
ending 2019 

Awards will vest according to performance against the cumulative underlying earnings per share, as set out below: 

Cumulative underlying earnings per share over the performance period 

Less than 68.6p 
68.6p 
83.8p 

Based on current performance these awards are unlikely to vest. 

% of award  
that vests  
(on a straight-line 
basis between 
points) 

Equivalent to 
compound profit 
growth from 
2016 

0% 
25% 
100% 

<5.9% 
5.9% 
13.2% 

Vesting level 

Nil 
Threshold 
Maximum 

LTIP granted July 2017  
The LTIP awards granted in July 2017, which will vest in July 2020, based on performance over the three financial years beginning  
29 April 2017, are shown in the table below:  

Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

  Type of award  Basis of grant 

Nil cost 
option 
Nil cost 
option 

150% of 
salary 
125% of 
salary 

Average share 
price in 5 
working days 
preceding 
date of grant 

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted 

Face value of 
award 

189p 

364,285 

£688,498 

Threshold 
vesting 

25% 

Maximum 
vesting 

100% 

189p 

198,412 

£374,998 

25% 

100% 

Performance 
measure 

Cumulative 
underlying 
earnings per 
share to the 
financial year 
ending 
25 April 2020 

Awards will vest according to performance against the cumulative underlying earnings per share, as set out below: 

Cumulative underlying earnings per share over the performance period 

Less than 64.8p 
64.8p 
79.2p 

Based on current performance these awards are unlikely to vest. 

50 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
48  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

% of award  
that vests  
(on a straight-line 
basis between 
points) 

Equivalent to 
compound profit 
growth from 
financial year 
ended 2017 

0% 
25% 
100% 

<14.8% 
14.8% 
22.8% 

Vesting level 

Nil 
Threshold 
Maximum 

 
All-employee share plans (audited) 
Sharesave 
There were no sharesave options granted to the Executive Directors in the year. 

Share Incentive Plan 
Carpetright operated a SIP until January 2015, when it was closed as there were fewer than 50 participants.  Neil Page participated in the 
plan, but since closure shares are being transferred out of the trust to Neil as and when they are able to be transferred to him on a tax-free 
basis.  This will continue to January 2020 when all shares will have been transferred to him. 

Summary of all share awards to Directors under the long-term incentive and sharesave plans 
Set out below is a summary of all share awards as at 28 April 2018. 

Date 
granted 

Balance at 
29 April 
2017 

Granted 
during 
year 

Vested/ 
exercised 
during year 

Lapsed 
during 
year 

Balance at 
28 April 
2018 

Share price 
at grant/ 
invitation 
(p) 

Exercise 
price (p) 

Market 
price at 
date of 
vesting 
(pence) 

Market 
price at 
date of 
exercise 
(pence) 

Amount 
realised 
on 
vesting 
£000 

Date from 
which 
exercisable 

Expiry 

date  Scheme 

Jul 14  128,449 
Jul 15  119,324 
Sept 16  285,684 
Apr 17 
13,846 
Jul 17 

–  364,285 

–  96,336  32,113 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
–  119,324 
–  285,684 
– 
13,846 
–  364,285 

  547,303  364,285  96,336  32,113  783,139 

Jul 14 
Jul 15 

66,603 
64,991 
Sept 16  155,601 
Apr 17 
13,846 
Jul 17 

–  198,412 

–  49,952  16,651 
– 
64,991 
– 
– 
– 
–  155,601 
– 
– 
– 
13,846 
–  198,412 
– 

  301,041  198,412  49,952  16,651  432,850 

Wilf 
Walsh 

Neil 
Page 

Notes: 

525.5 
577 
241 
162 
189 

525.5 
577 
241 
162 
189 

nil 
nil 
nil 
130 
nil 

nil 
nil 
nil 
130 
nil 

195 
– 
– 
– 
– 

195 
– 
– 
– 
– 

37 
– 
– 
– 
– 

37 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Jul 17  Jul 27 
36 
– 
Jul 18  Jul 28 
–  Sept 19  Sept 29 
– 
– 

LTIP 
LTIP 
LTIP 
Apr 21  Oct 21  SAYE 
LTIP 
Jul 20  Jul 30 

18 
Jul 17  Jul 27 
Jul 18  Jul 28 
– 
–  Sept 19  Sept 29 
– 
– 

LTIP 
LTIP 
LTIP 
Apr 21  Oct 21  SAYE 
LTIP 
Jul 20  Jul 30 

In May 2018 Wilf Walsh and Neil Page exercised their July 2014 LTIP nil-cost share options which vested in July 2017.  

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

51
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  49 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Share ownership and shareholding guidelines for Directors (audited) 
The Company has a share ownership policy that requires the Executive Directors to build up and maintain a target holding having a value 
equal to the same multiple of base salary as awards are made under the LTIP.  The size of the awards to be made in the financial year 
ending 27 April 2019 has been reduced, so there has been a consequential reduction in the guideline to 100% for the CEO and 85% for 
the CFO).  Until such a holding is achieved, an Executive Director is obliged to retain shares with a minimum value equal to 50% of the  
post-tax vested shares under the LTIP.  The Executive Directors are required to hold the lower of 50% of their guideline level and 50% of 
the value of shares they own at cessation of employment (excluding any shares purchased in the market) for a period of one year following 
cessation of employment.  LTIP awards vested in July 2017, with Wilf and Neil exercising the options in May 2018.  They retained the 
entirety of their award, paying the tax in relation to the options exercised.  After the financial year end, Wilf Walsh, Neil Page and David 
Clifford all participated in the Placing and Open Offer, referred to in note 5 top the table, below.  All Directors have complied with the 
guidelines, although the holdings of Wilf Walsh and Neil Page were below the target holding of base salary. 

The beneficial interests of those individuals who were Directors as at 28 April 2018 and their immediate families in the ordinary shares of the 
Company are set out in the table below.  Additionally, the Executive Directors have an indirect interest in 243,834 shares held in trust to 
satisfy awards made under the LTIP. 

Executive 
Wilf Walsh 

Neil Page 

Non-Executive 
Bob Ivell 
Sandra Turner 
David Clifford 
Andrew Page 

Financial 
year 
ended 

Ordinary  
shares 

Ordinary  
shares held 
in the SIP1 

Total holding of 
ordinary shares 

2018 
2017 
2018 
2017 

85,028 
53,778 
38,270 
38,042 

– 
– 
5,000 
– 

– 
– 
512 
740 

– 
– 
– 
– 

85,028 
53,778 
38,782 
38,782 

– 
– 
5,000 
– 

Value of 
holding  
as a % of 
salary on  
the last day of 
the relevant 
financial year2 

Ordinary 
 shares under 
option under the 
Sharesave Plan3 

Ordinary  
shares subject  
to outstanding 
unvested awards  
under the LTIP4 

Total interest in 
ordinary shares 

8% 
5% 
6% 
6% 

– 
– 
– 
– 

13,846 
13,846 
13,846 
13,846 

769,293 
533,457 
419,004 
287,195 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

868,167 
601,081 
471,632 
339,823 

– 
– 
5,000 
– 

Notes:  
1.  Under the rules of the SIP, certain shares awarded to participants must be retained in the plan for a specified “holding period” of up to five years.  The receipt of these 
shares is not subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions.  The shares held in the SIP will reduce over time as the SIP has closed.  Please see page 51. 

2.  Share price used is the price as at 28 April 2018: 42.65p. 
3.  None of these options are subject to a performance condition.  Details of the Sharesave interests can be found on page 51. 
4.  This column shows all unvested and outstanding awards under the LTIP that were held by the Executive Director concerned as at 28 April 2018 (i.e. including those 

granted during the year).  Details of these entitlements, the vesting of which is subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions, are set out on page 51. 

5.  Since 28 April 2018, the directors have participated in the Placing and Open Offer by the Company, and Wilf Walsh and Neil Page have exercised previously vested 

share options, which has increased the shareholding of Wilf Walsh to 512,428 shares, Neil Page to 233,706 shares and David Clifford to 21,296 shares. 

52 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
50  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Application of the remuneration policy for the financial year ending 27 April 2019 
Basic salary 
For the 2018 pay review, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer indicated to the Committee that, in light of the performance  
of the business, their base salaries should remain unchanged.  The Committee therefore decided not to conduct a review of their pay and, 
as a result, their base salaries remain unchanged.  The current salaries of the Executive Directors are as follows: 

Wilf Walsh 
Neil Page 

Base salary as at 
29 April 2017 
£459,000 
£300,000 

Current base 
salary 
£459,000 
£300,000 

Percentage 
change 

0% 
0% 

Benefits and pension 
Benefits and pension will operate in the financial year ending 27 April 2019 as per their respective policies set out in the Policy Report  
on pages 37 to 44. 

Annual bonus plan performance targets 
The annual bonus plan for the financial year ending 27 April 2019 will operate consistently with the policy detailed in the Policy Report on 
page 39. 

Performance targets for the Executive Directors for the financial year ending 27 April 2019 are expected to be based on underlying EBITDA.  
This measure has been selected in order to align it with the Group’s banking covenants and measures used by similar companies.  In the 
circumstances of the Group’s financial position it is not thought appropriate to include other measures this year. 

Consistent with our policy and the Group’s practice over a number of years, the Committee has set the percentage of bonus payable for 
on-target performance in light of the degree of stretch in the targets and the affordability of the pay-outs to the Group.  The range will be 
to pay 0% unless a threshold level of performance has been achieved, 20% of maximum at threshold and 50% of maximum for achieving 
target and maximum for achieving a stretch level of performance.  Further details of the targets are currently commercially sensitive and the 
Company will not be disclosing them at the start of the year.  However, they will, unless they remain commercially sensitive, be disclosed 
retrospectively in the 2019 Annual report and accounts. 

Long-term incentive awards 
The Committee has yet to determine the timing or performance conditions relative to the awards to be made in the financial year ending  
27 April 2019.  The awards for the Executive Directors will be at 100% of base salary for Wilf Walsh and 85% for Neil Page and will vest 
three years from the date of grant, based on performance over the three financial years beginning 28 April 2018.  Awards will be made 
subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period and will carry a dividend equivalent.  The size of the awards has been reduced this year, 
to reflect the reduction in the Company’s share price over the past year. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees have been reviewed and no changes were made.  The current fees are as follows: 

Current fees 

Chairman fee 
(including base  
fee and chairing  
the Nomination 
Committee) 

Base fee  
for SID 

£44,000 

£150,000 

Additional  
fee for  
Committee 
Chairman 

£5,000 

Base fee 

£39,000 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

53
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  51 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Directors’ remuneration report continued 

Other information 
Performance graph  
The graph below shows the value, by 28 April 2018, of £100 invested in Carpetright plc on 2 May 2009 compared with that of £100 
invested in the FTSE Small Cap Index and the FTSE All Share General Retailers Index, which the Directors believe to be the most suitable 
broad comparators.  The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends. 

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

02-May-09

01-May-10

30-Apr-11

28-Apr-12

27-Apr-13

26-Apr-14

02-May-15

30-Apr-16

29-Apr-17

28-Apr-18

Carpetright

FTSE Small Cap Index

FTSE All Share General Retailers Index

Source: Thomson-Reuters

Statement of change in total remuneration of the Chief Executive 
Total remuneration of individuals undertaking the role of Chief Executive in each of the past nine years is as follows: 

Financial year 
ended April 

Chief Executive1 

2018 
2017 
2016 
2015 
2015 
2015 
2014 
2014 
2014 
2013 
2013 
2013 
2012 
2011 
2010 

Notes: 

Wilf Walsh 
Wilf Walsh 
Wilf Walsh 
Combined remuneration 
Wilf Walsh (21 July 2014 to 30 April 2015) 
Lord Harris (1 May 2014 to 20 July 2014) 
Combined remuneration 
Lord Harris (3 October 2013 to 30 April 2014) 
Darren Shapland (1 May 2013 to 3 October 2013) 
Combined remuneration 
Darren Shapland (14 May 2012 to 30 April 2013) 
Lord Harris (1 May 2012 to 14 May 2012) 
Lord Harris 
Lord Harris 
Lord Harris 

Total 
remuneration 
of Chief Executive2 
£’000 

Annual variable 
element award 
rates for Chief 
Executive  
(as % of max. 
opportunity) 

Long-term 
incentive  
vesting rates for  
Chief Executive  
(as % of max. 
opportunity) 

579 
727 
819 
842 
749 
93 
490 
249 
241 
1,025 
1,007 
18 
522 
522 
721 

0% 
0% 
52% 

86% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

29% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
37% 

0% 
75% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
26% 

1.  Lord Harris stood down as Chief Executive in May 2012, at which point Darren Shapland was appointed Chief Executive.  Darren Shapland stood down on  

3 October 2013, at which point Lord Harris was appointed as full-time Executive Chairman.  Wilf Walsh joined as Chief Executive on 21 June 2014, at which point  
Lord Harris ceased to fulfil that role. 

2.  The amounts shown in this column have been calculated using the same methodology prescribed by the Regulations for the purposes of preparing the single total 

figure table shown on page 47. 

54 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
52  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of change in pay of individuals undertaking the role of Chief Executive compared to other employees 
The table below shows the movement in the remuneration for the role of Chief Executive between the current and previous financial year 
compared to the average (per full-time equivalent) for all employees. 

Chief Executive Officer  
Average per employee 

Bonus figures include commission payments. 

Salary 
% change 

0 
1% 

Bonus/payments 
as a result of 
performance 
% change 

(100%) 
1.1% 

Benefits 
% change 

0 
3.9% 

Relative importance of spend on pay 
The table below illustrates the change in expenditure on remuneration paid to all the employees of the Group and distributions to 
shareholders from the financial year ended 29 April 2017 to the financial year ended 28 April 2018. 

Overall expenditure on pay 
Dividend plus share buyback 

2018 
£m 
91.8 
– 

2017 
£m 

90.0 
– 

Percentage 
change 

2% 
– 

These matters were selected to be shown as they represent key distributions by the Group to its stakeholders.  Further details on overall 
expenditure on pay can be found in note 4 to the financial statements on pages 71 to 72. 

By order of the Board 

Sandra Turner 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee  
26 June 2018 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

55
www.carpetright.plc.uk|  53 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Other information  

This section contains the remaining 
matters on which the Directors are required 
to report each year, which do not appear 
elsewhere in this Directors’ Report.  Certain 
other matters required to be reported on 
appear elsewhere in the Annual report and 
accounts as detailed below, and each 
forms part of this Directors’ Report: 

–  the Strategic Report, including an 

indication of likely future developments 
in the business, appears from the inside 
front cover to page 25; 

–  the Directors’ remuneration report 

appears on pages 35 to 55; 

–  the going concern statement appears  

on pages 19 and 20; 

–  the viability statement appears  

on page 19; 

–  a list of the subsidiary and associated 

undertakings, including branches outside 
the UK, appears on page 81; 

–  changes in asset values are set out in the 
consolidated balance sheet on page 61 
and in the notes to the financial 
statements on pages 63 to 96; 

–  the Group’s profit before taxation and the 
profit after taxation and minority interests 
appear in the consolidated income 
statement on page 59; 

–  a detailed statement of the Group’s 

treasury management and funding is set 
out in note 23 to the financial statements 
on pages 89 to 91; 

–  matters concerning the employment etc.  
of disabled persons appear on page 24; 
–  details of employee involvement appear 

on pages 24 and 25; 

–  disclosures concerning greenhouse gas 

emissions appear on page 25; 
–  a statement that this Annual report 

and accounts meets the requirements 
of Provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’) is set out 
on page 26; and 

  in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4, 
details of dividend waivers appear on 
page 56. 

Directors’ interests 
Directors’ share interests are disclosed  
in the Directors’ report on remuneration  
on page 52.  Except as disclosed in this 
report, no Director had a material interest  
in any contract or arrangement with the 
Company during the year, other than 
through their respective service contracts.  
Some Directors made purchases of  
the Company’s products in the period,  
on normal commercial terms available  
to all employees. 

Directors’ indemnity 
arrangements 
The Company has provided qualifying third-
party indemnities for the benefit of each 
Director who held office during the financial 
year ended 2018.  The Company has also 
purchased and maintained Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance throughout the 
financial year ended 2018. 

Significant agreements – 
change of control 
There are a number of agreements that take 
effect, alter or terminate upon a change of 
control of the Company following a takeover 
bid, such as bank loan agreements and 
employee share plans.  None of these are 
deemed to be significant in terms of their 
potential impact on the business of the 
Group as a whole, except for: 

–  a facilities agreement dated 19 March 

2008, as amended and restated 
most recently on 29 April 2015 and 
subsequently amended.  This provides 
that on a change of control all lenders’ 
commitments are cancelled and all 
outstanding loans, together with accrued 
interest, will become immediately due 
and payable and committed overdraft 
facilities of £7.5m and €2.4m which will 
similarly become due and payable upon 
a change of control.  Details of balances 
at the financial year end can be found in 
note 23 to the consolidated financial 
statements;  

–  a loan note instrument consisting 

£17,250,000 guaranteed 18% unsecured 
loan notes 2020 which provides that on a 
change of control the loan notes must be 
mandatorily repaid in full; and 

  under the Company’s all-employee  
and discretionary share schemes, a 
change of control of the Company would 
normally be a vesting event, facilitating 
the exercise or transfer of awards, 
subject to any relevant performance 
conditions being satisfied. 

The Company does not have agreements 
with any Director or officer that would 
provide compensation for loss of office  
or employment resulting from a takeover, 
except that provisions in the Company’s 
share plans may cause options and awards 
granted under such plans to vest on  
a takeover. 

There is no information that the Company 
would be required to disclose about 
persons with whom it has contractual 
or other arrangements which are essential 
to the business of the Company. 

Share capital 
Details of the Company’s issued share 
capital can be found in note 24 to the 
financial statements.  All of the Company’s 
issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and 
rank equally in all respects. 

The rights and obligations attaching to 
the Company’s ordinary shares, in addition 
to those conferred on their holders by law, 
are contained in the Company’s Articles 
of Association, copies of which can be 
obtained from Companies House in the  
UK or by writing to the Company Secretary.  
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled 
to receive the Company’s report and 
accounts, to attend and speak at general 
meetings of the Company, to appoint 
proxies and to exercise voting rights. 

There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of ordinary shares or on the exercise of 
voting rights attached to them, except 
(i) where the Company has exercised its 
right to suspend their voting rights or to 
prohibit their transfer following the omission 
of their holder or any person interested 
in them to provide the Company with 
information requested by it in accordance 
with Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006 
or (ii) where their holder is precluded from 
exercising voting rights by the FCA’s Listing 
Rules or the City Code on Takeovers 
and Mergers. 

56 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
54  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that 
might result in the restriction of transfer or 
voting rights in relation to the shares held 
by such shareholders. 

Shares acquired through Carpetright’s 
employee share schemes rank equally 
with all other ordinary shares in issue and 
have no special rights.  The Trustee of the 
Company’s Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) 
has waived its rights to dividends on shares 
held by the EBT and does not exercise 
its right to vote in respect of such shares.  
Shares held in trust on behalf of participants 
in the All Employee Share Ownership Plan 
are voted by the Trustee as directed by 
the participants.  Details of share-based 
payments, including information regarding 
the shares held by the EBT, can be found in 
notes 24 and 25 to the financial statements  
on pages 91 to 93. 

Substantial shareholdings  
As at 26 June 2018, the Company has  
been notified of the following substantial 
shareholdings in accordance with the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules, other 
than those of the Directors, in the issued 
share capital of the Company: 

Shares  
held as a 
percentage  
of the issued 
share capital 

29.99% 

12.92% 
10.37% 
6.19% 
5.38% 
5.06% 

Meditor European Master 
Fund Limited 
Crescent Holdings GmbH 
Aberforth Partners LLP 
Wellcome Trust 
FIL Limited 
Majedie Asset Management 
Limited 

Donations 
No political donations were made during the 
year (2017: £nil). 

Shareholders’ views 
There is a formal investor relations 
programme based around the results 
presentations and interim management 
statements.  All of the Non-Executive 
Directors are available to attend meetings 
should shareholders so request.  The 
Chairman and Executive Directors feed 
back any investor comments to the Board.  
All Directors normally attend the Annual 
General Meeting and are available to 
answer any questions that shareholders 
may raise. 

All shareholders will have at least 20 
working days’ notice of the Annual 
General Meeting.  As required by the 
Code, the Board will, at the 2018 Annual 
General Meeting, announce the proxy 
votes in favour of and against each 
resolution following a vote by a show of 
hands, and the votes cast will be posted 
on the corporate website. 

Authority to purchase  
own shares 
At the 2017 Annual General Meeting, 
shareholders gave the Company 
renewed authority to purchase a maximum 
of 6,792,447 shares of one penny each.  
This resolution remains valid until the date 
of this year’s Annual General Meeting.  
As at 28 April 2018, the Directors had 
not used this authority.  The Company’s 
present intention is to cancel any shares 
acquired under such authority, unless 
purchased to satisfy outstanding awards 
under employee share incentive plans.  
A resolution seeking renewal of the 
authority will be proposed at this year’s 
Annual General Meeting. 

Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities 
The Directors are responsible for  
preparing the Annual Report, the  
Directors’ remuneration report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable laws and regulations. 

UK company law requires the Directors  
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year.  Under that law, the  
Directors have prepared the Group and 
Parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted  
by the European Union.  The financial 
statements are required by law to give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of  
the Company and the Group and of the 
profit or loss of the Company and Group  
for that period. 

In preparing those financial statements,  
the Directors are required to: 

–  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently; 

–  make judgments and estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; 

–  state that the financial statements comply 
with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union; and 

  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis, unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
will continue in business, in which case 
there should be supporting assumptions 
or qualifications as necessary. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
proper accounting records that disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and the 
Group and to enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ 
remuneration report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation.  They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information on the Company’s 
websites.  Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

57
www.carpetright.plc.ukl  |  55 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure of information  
to auditors 
Each of the Directors of the Company  
has confirmed that, as far as they are 
aware, there is no relevant audit information 
of which the auditors are unaware and  
that each Director has taken all steps to 
make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that  
the Company’s auditors are aware of  
that information. 

Annual General Meeting 
The 2018 Annual General Meeting of the 
Company will be held on 6 September 
2018 at Carpetright plc, Purfleet Bypass, 
Purfleet, Essex RM19 1TT at 12:00 p.m.   
A full description of the business to be 
conducted at the meeting is set out in the 
separate Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

The Directors’ Report was approved 
and signed by order of the Board  

Jeremy Sampson 
Company Secretary and Legal Director  
26 June 2018 

Directors’ report continued 

Other information continued 

Each of the Directors whose names and 
details are set out on page 29 of this report 
confirms that to the best of their knowledge: 

– the financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and 
  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 

Report include a fair review of the 
development and performance of 
the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face. 

Statement of the directors in 
respect of the annual report 
and financial statements 
As required by the Code, the Directors 
confirm that they consider that the Annual 
Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.  When 
arriving at this position the Board was 
assisted by a number of processes, 
including the following: 

– the Annual Report is drafted by 
appropriate senior management 
with overall co-ordination by the Chief 
Financial Officer to ensure consistency 
across sections; 

– an extensive verification exercise is 

undertaken to ensure factual accuracy; 

– comprehensive reviews of drafts of 
the Report are undertaken by the 
Executive Directors and other senior 
management; and 

 a draft is considered by the Audit 

Committee prior to consideration by  
the Board. 

58 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
56  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
Financial statements 

Consolidated income statement 

for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018 

. 

Group 52 weeks to 28 April 2018 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Administration expenses 
Other operating income/(loss) 

Notes 
2 

2 

Underlying 
performance 
£m 
443.8 
(194.2) 
249.6 
(245.6) 
2.4 

Separately 
reported 
items 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
(59.5) 
(2.3) 

Group 52 weeks to 29 April 2017 
Separately 
reported 
items 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
(9.3) 
(4.2) 

Underlying 
performance 
£m 
457.6 
(188.2) 
269.4 
(243.2) 
2.4 

Total 
£m 
457.6 
(188.2) 
269.4 
(252.5) 
(1.8) 

Operating profit/(loss) before depreciation and 
amortisation 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 

Operating (loss)/profit  
Finance costs 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
Tax 
(Loss)/profit for the financial period attributable 
to equity shareholders of the Company 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 

3 
3 

2,3 
6 

7 

9 
9 

6.4 
(11.0) 
(1.3) 

(5.9) 
(2.8) 
(8.7) 
 4.1  

(61.8) 
– 
– 

(61.8) 
– 
(61.8) 
2.2 

28.6 
(10.2) 
(2.0) 

16.4 
(2.0) 
14.4 
(3.3) 

(13.5) 
– 
– 

(13.5) 
– 
(13.5) 
3.1 

(4.6) 

(59.6) 

(64.2) 

11.1 

(10.4) 

(6.8) 

(94.6) 
(94.6) 

16.4 

15.1 
(10.2) 
(2.0) 

2.9 
(2.0) 
0.9 
(0.2) 

0.7 

1.0 
1.1 

Total 
£m 
443.8 
(194.2) 
249.6 
(305.1) 
0.1 

(55.4) 
(11.0) 
(1.3) 

(67.7) 
(2.8) 
(70.5) 
6.3 

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 

for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018 

(Loss)/profit for the financial period 

Items that may not be reclassified to the income statement: 

Re-measurement of defined benefit plans 
Tax on items that may not be reclassified to the income statement 
Total items that may not be reclassified to the income statement 
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement: 

Exchange gains 

Total items that may be reclassified to the income statement 

Other comprehensive income for the period 
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the period attributable to equity shareholders  
of the Company 

Notes 

22 
7 

Group  
52 weeks to  
28 April 
2018 
£m 
(64.2) 

Group  
52 weeks to  
29 April  
2017 
£m 
0.7 

1.6 
(0.4) 
1.2 

2.5 
2.5 

3.7 

(60.5) 

(1.8) 
0.1 
(1.7) 

4.3 
4.3 

2.6 

3.3 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

59
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  57 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Statements of changes in equity 
for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018 

Group 
At 30 April 2016 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the financial period 
Purchase of own shares by employee benefit trust 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 29 April 2017 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the financial period 
Issue of new shares 
Transfer of treasury shares to participants 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 28 April 2018 

Company 
At 30 April 2016 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive expense for the financial period 
Total comprehensive expense for the financial period 
Purchase of own shares by employee benefit trust 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 29 April 2017 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive income for the financial period 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the financial period 
Issue of new shares 
Transfer of treasury shares to participants 
Share based payments and related tax 
At 28 April 2018 

Share 
capital 
£m 
0.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.7 

Share 
capital 
£m 
0.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.7 

Share 
premium 
£m 
17.8 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
17.8 
– 
– 
– 
1.3 
– 
– 
19.1 

Share 
premium 
£m 
17.8 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
17.8 
– 
– 
– 
1.3 
– 
– 
19.1 

Treasury 
shares 
£m 
(1.3) 
– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
(1.6) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.2 
– 
(1.4) 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
 £m 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

Translation 
reserve  
£m 
3.3 
– 
4.3 
4.3 
– 
– 
7.6 
– 
2.5 
2.5 
– 
– 
– 
10.1 

Retained 
earnings 
 £m 
53.4 
0.7 
(1.7) 
(1.0) 
– 
1.0 
53.4 
(64.2) 
1.2 
(63.0) 
– 
(0.2) 
0.5 
(9.3) 

Treasury 
shares 
£m 
(1.3) 
– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
(1.6) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.2 
– 
(1.4) 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
 £m 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

Translation 
reserve  
£m 
(0.3) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
0.2 
0.2 
– 
– 
– 
(0.1) 

Retained 
earnings 
 £m 
38.2 
(6.3) 
(1.7) 
(8.0) 
– 
1.0 
31.2 
(52.6) 
1.2 
(51.4) 
– 
(0.2) 
0.5 
(19.9) 

Total  
£m 
74.0 
0.7 
2.6 
3.3 
(0.3) 
1.0 
78.0 
(64.2) 
3.7 
(60.5) 
1.3 
– 
0.5 
19.3 

Total  
£m 
55.2 
(6.3) 
(1.7) 
(8.0) 
(0.3) 
1.0 
47.9 
(52.6) 
1.4 
(51.2) 
1.3 
– 
0.5 
(1.5) 

60 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
58  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
Balance sheets 

as at 28 April 2018 

Assets 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Total non-current assets 

Current assets  
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 

Total assets  

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Obligations under finance leases 
Borrowings and overdrafts 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
Current tax liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Obligations under finance leases 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium  
Treasury shares 
Other reserves 
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the Company 

Group  
2018  
£m 

Group  
2017  
£m 

Company  
2018  
£m 

Notes 

Company  
2017 
*Reclassified  
£m 

10 
11 
12 
13 
21 
15 

15 
16 

17 
18 
19 
20 

17 
18 
20 
21 
22 

24 
24 
24 

27.0 
98.7 
10.5 
– 
2.0 
0.7 
138.9 

35.7 
25.4 
6.6 
67.7 

57.3 
102.0 
15.3 
– 
1.9 
0.4 
176.9 

41.1 
25.8 
12.5 
79.4 

5.2 
62.7 
1.4 
15.7 
– 
0.7 
85.7 

29.5 
57.9 
4.3 
91.7 

27.8 
67.6 
2.3 
15.7 
– 
0.4 
113.8 

35.4 
58.7 
9.3 
103.4 

206.6 

256.3 

177.4 

217.2 

(69.4) 
(0.1) 
(57.8) 
(10.6) 
(0.8) 
(138.7) 

(28.0) 
(1.7) 
(9.1) 
(9.0) 
(0.8) 
(48.6) 
(187.3) 
19.3 

0.7 
19.1 
(1.4) 
0.9 
19.3 

(83.9) 
(0.1) 
(20.1) 
– 
(1.7) 
(105.8) 

(34.5) 
(2.1) 
(17.5) 
(15.2) 
(3.2) 
(72.5) 
(178.3) 
78.0 

0.7 
17.8 
(1.6) 
61.1 
78.0 

(66.1) 
(0.1) 
(57.8) 
(10.6) 
(0.8) 
(135.4) 

(28.0) 
(0.7) 
(9.1) 
(4.9) 
(0.8) 
(43.5) 
(178.9) 
(1.5) 

0.7 
19.1 
(1.4) 
(19.9) 
(1.5) 

(82.1) 
(0.1) 
(20.1) 
– 
(1.7) 
(104.0) 

(34.6) 
(1.0) 
(17.5) 
(9.0) 
(3.2) 
(65.3) 
(169.3) 
47.9 

0.7 
17.8 
(1.6) 
31.0 
47.9 

* amounts due to/from subsidiaries have been reclassified from non-current assets/liabilities to current assets/liabilities. 

The loss for the Company for the period was £52.6m (2017: loss of £6.3m). 

Company Registration Number: 2294875. 

These financial statements from pages 59 to 96 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 June 2018 and were signed 
on its behalf by: 

Wilf Walsh 
Directors 

Neil Page 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

61
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  59 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Statements of cash flow 

for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018 

Cash flows from operating activities 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
Adjusted for: 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Loss on property disposals 
Separately reported non-cash items 
Separately reported cash items 
Share based payments 
Net finance costs 
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
Decrease in inventories 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Decrease in trade and other payables 
Net expenditure on exit of operating leases 
Restructuring costs  
Provisions paid  
Contributions to pension schemes 
Cash (used in)/generated from operations 
Interest paid 
Corporation taxes paid 
Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and investment property 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment and investment 
property 
Interest received 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Purchase of treasury shares by employee benefit trust 
Repayment of finance lease obligations 
Movement in borrowings  
New loans advanced 
Net cash generated from financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the period 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 
Exchange differences 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 

Group 
52 weeks to  
28 April 
2018 
£m 

Group 
52 weeks to  
29 April  
2017 
£m 

Company 
52 weeks to  
28 April 
2018  
£m 

Company 
52 weeks to  
29 April  
2017  
£m 

Notes 

(70.5) 

0.9 

(56.8) 

(7.9) 

2,3 
5 
5 
5 
5, 25 
6 

30 
30 

29 

29 
16, 29 

12.3 
2.3 
47.8 
11.2 
0.5 
2.8 
6.4 
5.7 
– 
(22.7) 
(1.9) 
(2.6) 
(5.5) 
(0.9) 
(21.5) 
(1.8) 
(1.4) 
(24.7) 

(4.5) 
(15.7) 

0.3 
– 
(19.9) 

– 
(0.3) 
32.0 
12.0 
43.7 

(0.9) 
5.4 
0.3 
4.8 

12.2 
3.3 
9.2 
– 
1.0 
2.0 
28.6 
1.0 
(5.4) 
(8.2) 
(2.2) 
– 
(5.2) 
(0.9) 
7.7 
(1.3) 
(0.9) 
5.5 

(0.6) 
(16.8) 

3.4 
– 
(14.0) 

(0.3) 
(0.3) 
13.0 
– 
12.4 

3.9 
1.2 
0.3 
5.4 

9.6 
2.1 
32.7 
10.9 
0.5 
2.6 
1.6 
5.9 
(2.3) 
(22.1) 
(1.8) 
(2.4) 
(5.5) 
(0.9) 
(27.5) 
(1.9) 
(1.5) 
(30.9) 

(3.0) 
(10.4) 

0.3 
0.2 
(12.9) 

– 
(0.2) 
32.0 
12.0 
43.8 

– 
2.2 
0.3 
2.5 

10.0 
3.1 
11.4 
– 
1.0 
1.8 
19.4 
0.4 
(1.0) 
(6.0) 
(2.1) 
– 
(5.0) 
(0.9) 
4.8 
(1.4) 
(0.9) 
2.5 

(0.6) 
(13.6) 

2.8 
0.3 
(11.1) 

(0.3) 
(0.2) 
13.0 
– 
12.5 

3.9 
(1.6) 
(0.1) 
2.2 

For the purposes of the statements of cash flow, cash and cash equivalents are reported net of overdrafts repayable on demand.  
Overdrafts are excluded from the definition of cash and cash equivalents disclosed in the balance sheets and are included in borrowings 
and overdrafts under current liabilities.

62 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
60  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements 

1.  Principal accounting policies 

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below.  These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the periods presented unless otherwise stated. 

General information 
Carpetright plc (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the Group’) are retailers of floorcoverings and beds.  The Company is  
listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in the United Kingdom.  The address  
of its registered office is Carpetright plc, Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1TT. 

The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 2 to 3 of the Annual report and accounts. 

Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements of the Group and the Company are drawn up to within seven days of the accounting record date, 
being 30 April of each year.  The financial period for 2018 represents the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018.  The comparative financial period 
for 2017 was 52 weeks ended 29 April 2017. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations as adopted by the European Union, together with 
those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for pension assets and liabilities and  
share based payments which are measured at fair value.   

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its income statement  
and statement of comprehensive income.  The loss for the Company for the period was £52.6m (2017: loss of £6.3m).  Amounts due to 
and from subsidiaries within the Company balance sheet have been reclassified from non-current assets and liabilities to current assets and 
liabilities as they are repayable on demand and considered short term in nature. 

Going concern 
The Group meets its day to day working capital requirements through its bank facilities and a non-bank loan.  The principal banking facility 
includes a revolving credit facility of £45.0m, a Sterling overdraft of £7.5m and a euro overdraft of €2.4m, all of which are committed to the 
end of December 2019.  The non-bank loan of £17.3m is committed to July 2020.  The three main financial covenants within the banking 
arrangements assess underlying EBITDA, debt levels and fixed-charge cover.  Given the recent trading performance, headroom against 
the EBITDA covenant is expected to be the most sensitive both at present and over the course of the next twelve months.  The forecasts 
have been updated for actual trading to week seven and latest view of trading to the end of June 2018.  Trading for this period has been 
particularly challenging involving a number of factors including the combined impact of hot weather, the Royal Wedding and a shortage of 
inventory while arrangements with suppliers were resolved.  The forecasts have been sensitised to reflect these conditions continuing.   

As part of the board’s assessment of going concern, trading and working capital requirements, forecasts have been prepared covering a 
12 month period from June 2018.  These forecasts have been subjected to a sensitivity testing which, while not anticipated by the board, 
reflects a continuation of the very recent challenging trading conditions throughout the whole of this forecast 12 month period.   

The most critical assumption when assessing the covenant is the expected level of revenues and gross margin and, having experienced a 
severely disruptive recent trading period for the reasons described above, the Board challenged itself on the appropriate levels to use in this 
assessment.  The Board also considered mitigating actions which could be implemented. 

The Directors have also considered the future cash requirements of the Group and are satisfied that the facilities are sufficient to meet its 
liquidity needs. 

If the Group’s sensitised forecast is not achieved, there is a risk that the Group might not meet the EBITDA covenant and, should such a 
situation materialise, the Group would have discussions with its bank lenders in order to ensure it continues to comply with the terms of its 
bank facilities.  Without the support of the banks in these circumstances, and assuming no additional financing, the Group and Parent 
Company would be unable to meet their liabilities as they fall due.  These conditions indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which 
may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.   

Whilst recognising the inevitable uncertainties of the current retail market and the Group’s restructuring, the Directors confirm that, after 
considering the matters set out above, they have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a minimum of 12 months following the signing of these financial statements.  For this reason they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 

Further information on the Group’s borrowings is given in note 19. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

63
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  61 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

1.  Principal accounting policies continued 

Alternative Performance Measures 
The Company uses a number of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) in addition to those reported in accordance with IFRS.  The 
Directors believe that these APMs, listed below, are important when assessing the underlying financial and operating performance of the 
Group and its segments.  The following APMs do not have standardised meanings prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be directly 
comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. 

Sales 
Sales represents amounts payable by customers for goods and services before deducting VAT and other charges. 

Underlying performance 
Underlying performance, reported separately on the face of the Consolidated income statement, is from continuing operations and before 
separately reported items on the face of the Consolidated income statement. 

Gross profit ratio  
Calculated as gross profit as a percentage of revenue.  It is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is used to assess the 
underlying performance of the Group’s businesses. 

Separately reported items 
Defined below. 

Underlying EBITDA 
Underlying EBITDA is defined as operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and separately reported items.  It is one of the Group’s key 
performance indicators and is used to assess the trading performance of Group businesses. 

Underlying operating profit 
Underlying operating profit is defined as operating profit before separately reported items.  It is one of the Group’s key performance 
indicators and is used to assess the trading performance of Group businesses.   

Underlying profit before tax 
Underlying profit before tax is calculated as the net total of underlying operating profit less total net finance costs associated with underlying 
performance.  It is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is used to assess the financial performance of the Group as a whole.  
It is also used as one of the targets against which the annual bonuses of certain employees are measured. 

Underlying earnings per share 
Underlying earnings per share is calculated by dividing underlying profit before tax less associated income tax costs by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  It is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is used to assess 
the underlying earnings performance of the Group as a whole.   

Net debt 
Net debt comprises the net total of current and non-current interest-bearing borrowings and finance leases, offset by cash and short-term 
deposits.  Net debt is a measure of the Group’s net indebtedness to banks and other external financial institutions. 

Operating cash flow 
This measure is determined by taking underlying operating profit and adding back non-cash items and any movements in working capital.   

Disclosure of ‘separately reported items’ 
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ provides no definitive guidance as to the format of the income statement but states key lines 
which should be disclosed.  It also encourages the disclosure of additional line items and the reordering of items presented on the face of 
the income statement when appropriate for a proper understanding of the entity’s financial performance.  In accordance with IAS 1, the 
Company has adopted a columnar presentation for its Consolidated income statement, to separately identify underlying performance 
results, as the Directors consider that this gives a better view of the underlying results of the ongoing business.  As part of this presentation 
format, the Company has adopted a policy of disclosing separately on the face of its Consolidated income statement, within the column 
entitled ‘Separately reported items’, the effect of any components of financial performance for which the Directors consider separate 
disclosure would assist both in a better understanding of the financial performance achieved.  In its adoption of this policy, the Company 
applies a balanced approach to both gains and losses and aims to be both consistent and clear in its accounting and disclosure of 
such items. 

Both size and the nature and function of the components of income and expense are considered in deciding upon such presentation.  
Such items may include, inter alia, the financial effect of separately reported items which occur infrequently, such as major reorganisation 
costs, onerous leases and impairments and the taxation impact of the aforementioned separately reported items. 

64 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
62  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
1.  Principal accounting policies continued 

New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group 
The following new amendments, which are mandatory for the first time for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018, have been applied but have 
not had a material impact on the Group’s and the Company’s financial results for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018:  

  Amendments to IAS 7, ‘Statement of Cash Flows’; 
  Amendments to IAS 12, ‘Income Taxes’; and 
  Annual improvements 2014-2016 (IFRS 12, ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’). 

There are no other new or amended standards effective during the period that have had a material impact on the Group’s financial 
statements.   

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
A number of new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards were issued but not yet effective and have not been 
applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.  These include:  

  IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (effective for the Group’s 2018/19 financial year); 
  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ (effective for the Group’s 2018/19 financial year); and 
  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (effective for the Group’s 2019/20 financial year).   

Given the potential significance of the introduction of these standards, the Group has established a working group to identify the impact and 
potential risks associated with their implementation. 

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ is a new standard which enhances the ability of investors and other users of financial information to 
understand the accounting for financial assets and reduces complexity.  The standard uses a single approach to determine whether a 
financial asset is measured at amortised cost or fair value, replacing the various rules in IAS 39, and also introduces a new expected loss 
impairment model.  This standard is effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018 and will be adopted for the 
Group’s 2018/19 financial year.  The working group has completed its review of the new standard and it is not expected to have a material 
impact on the Group’s financial statements given the relatively low quantum of financial assets held by the Group and existing provisions 
held in relation to these balances.  The new disclosures include a requirement for a more detailed qualitative description of the Group’s risk 
management strategy.   

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ is a new standard based on a five-step model framework, which replaces all existing 
revenue recognition standards.  The standard requires revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  This standard is 
effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018 and will be adopted for the Group’s 2018/19 financial year.  Under 
the IFRS 15 recognition criteria, a number of transactions occurring around the period end reporting date will be deferred and recognised at 
a later date than at present under IAS 18.  The working group has determined that, if the IFRS 15 revenue recognition policy had been 
applied to the Group’s financial results for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018, this would have resulted in a deferral of revenue, associated 
costs of goods sold and operating costs with a net impact to opening retained earnings of approximately £7.0m.  The Group would benefit 
from the previous period’s deferral and therefore the year-on-year impact would be immaterial.  The Group will continue to assess the 
impact and will determine the desired transition approach ahead of the 2018/19 interim results for the 26 weeks to October 2018. 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ is a new standard which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of  
leases for both parties to a contract.  The standard eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases as 
required by IAS 17 and, instead, introduces a single lessee accounting model.  A lessee will be required to recognise assets and liabilities 
for all leases with a term of more than 12 months and depreciate lease assets separately from interest on lease liabilities in the income 
statement.  This standard is effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019 and will be adopted for the Group’s 
2019/20 financial year.  Management has begun to assess the expected impact on the Group’s financial results following implementation.  
It is expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated Income statement.  There is not 
expected to be a material impact on the Group’s cash flows, however presentation within the Consolidated cash flow statement will be 
adjusted.  The Group’s minimum operating lease obligations at 28 April 2018 were £408m (note 27).  It is expected that management will 
have completed its assessment and will provide further information on the expected financial impact within the Annual report and accounts 
for the period ending 27 April 2019, following the full implementation of the CVA. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

65
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  63 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

1.  Principal accounting policies continued 

Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company  
(its subsidiaries).  Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of a subsidiary  
so as to obtain benefits from its activities.   

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the period are included in the consolidated income statement from the  
effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.  Where necessary, adjustments are made to the  
financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.  All intra-group 
transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. 

Exchange differences 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.  
Transactions in foreign currencies, which are those other than the functional currency of an entity, are recorded at the opening rate for 
the month in which the transaction occurs which is used as a reasonable approximation to the rate at the transaction date.  Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date.  Resulting exchange  
gains or losses are recognised in the income statement for the period, except where they are part of a net foreign investment hedge,  
when they are recognised in equity. 

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance 
sheet date.  Income and expenses of foreign operations are translated at the average rate during the period.  Differences on translation  
are recognised as a separate component in other comprehensive income.  On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange 
differences for that operation are recognised in the income statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of that operation  
and are translated at the rate ruling at the balance sheet date and are recognised in other comprehensive income. 

Segment reporting 
Segmental information is presented using a ‘management approach’ on the same basis as that used for internal reporting to the 
Chief Operating Decision Maker.  The Chief Operating Decision Maker, who is responsible for resource allocation and assessing 
performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors. 

Revenue 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of goods and services to customers 
outside the Group, net of returns, sales allowances, charges for the provision of interest free credit and value added and other sales  
based taxes.  Revenue from goods and services is recognised at the point the Group fulfils its commercial obligations to the customer,  
the revenue and costs in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably and collectability is reasonably assured. 

Share based payments 
The Group issues equity-settled share based payments to certain employees, the terms of these payments do not contain any market 
conditions.  The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense.  The value 
of the charge is adjusted to reflect expected and actual levels of options vesting.  The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period 
is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any service and performance conditions that 
are included in the assumptions about the number of options which are expected to become exercisable.  At each balance sheet date, 
the Group revises its estimates of the number of options which are expected to become exercisable.  It recognises the impact of the 
revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement and a corresponding adjustment to equity is made. 

Treasury shares 
Own equity instruments that are reacquired (Treasury shares) are recognised at cost and deducted from equity.  No gain or loss is 
recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments.  Any difference between  
the carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognised in the share premium reserve. 

Other operating income 
Rental income earned on investment property is recognised in other operating income, in accordance with the substance of the relevant 
rental agreements. 

66 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
64  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
1.  Principal accounting policies continued 

Tax 
Current tax liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. 

Deferred tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and  
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.  Deferred  
tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it  
is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than  
in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.  
Deferred tax is calculated at the rates of tax that are expected to apply when the asset or liability is settled, based on tax rates that  
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, and is not discounted. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the current tax assets against the current  
tax liabilities and it is the intention to settle these on a net basis. 

Tax is charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity; otherwise,  
it is recognised in the income statement. 

Dividends 
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the 
dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or, in the case of interim dividends, paid. 

Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired entity.  For the purposes of impairment, goodwill is allocated to each cash-generating unit (or groups of cash-generating units)  
that is expected to benefit from the business combination.  Goodwill is not amortised, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or 
when there is an indication of impairment.  Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently 
reversed.  On disposal of a subsidiary the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Impairment 
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested at least annually for impairment 
or when there is an indication of impairment.  Assets that are subject to amortisation and depreciation are reviewed for indications of 
impairment at each balance sheet date.  If there is an indication of impairment, the recoverable amount of either the asset or the cash-
generating unit to which it belongs is estimated.  Cash-generating units are used where an individual asset does not generate cash flows 
which are independent of other assets.  The recoverable amount of a non-financial asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and 
its value in use.  Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or cash-generating unit. 

An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its 
recoverable amount.  Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffer impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of impairment at 
each reporting date. 

Other intangible assets 
Purchased brand names and other intangible assets are capitalised at cost.  Acquired software licences and software development  
costs are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the specific software. 

Amortisation of intangible assets is calculated to write off the cost of the asset, on a straight-line basis, over its expected useful life.   
The expected useful lives generally applicable are: 

Brands  
Computer software   

20 years 
5 to 10 years 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provisions for impairment in value. 

Depreciation is provided to write down the cost of property, plant and equipment, on a straight-line basis, to their estimated residual  
values over their estimated useful lives.  Freehold land is not depreciated.  The estimated useful lives and residual values of assets  
are reviewed annually. 

The estimated useful lives by asset category that are generally applicable are: 

Freehold and long leasehold buildings 
Short leasehold buildings 
Fixtures and fittings 
Other plant and machinery 

50 years 
The shorter of the period of the lease and the estimated useful life 
3 to 15 years, except for fixed racking which is depreciated over 25 years 
5 to 10 years 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

67
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  65 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

1.  Principal accounting policies continued  

Borrowing costs 
Gross interest costs incurred on the financing of major projects are capitalised until the time that they are available for use.  Unless a specific 
borrowing is taken out to finance the asset, interest is capitalised using the weighted average interest rate of all non-specific borrowings.  
Where a specific borrowing is taken out to finance the asset, interest is capitalised at the rate applicable to that borrowing. 

Investment property 
Property that is held to earn rental income and for capital appreciation is separately disclosed as investment property.  Investment property 
is carried at depreciated historical cost.  Depreciation rates and useful lives of investment property are the same as those for property, plant 
and equipment. 

Leasing commitments 
Leases are classified as finance leases where the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the 
Group.  All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

Assets used by the Group which have been funded through finance leases are capitalised in property, plant and equipment and the 
resulting lease obligations are included in payables.  The assets are depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives and the period  
of the lease.  The interest element of the rental obligations is charged to the income statement over the period of the lease and 
represents a constant proportion of the balance of capital repayments outstanding. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.  Premiums payable, 
rent free periods and contributions receivable on entering an operating lease are charged or credited to income on a straight line basis 
over the lease term. 

Investment in subsidiaries 
The Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings is recognised at cost and is accounted for net of impairment losses.  Income from 
investments is recognised in the income statement to the extent that post acquisition profits are received.  Distributions of pre-acquisition 
profits reduce the cost of the investment. 

Inventories 
Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value.  Net realisable value is based on estimated selling 
prices less further costs to be incurred to disposal.  Provisions are made for obsolescence, mark down and shrinkage based on actual 
losses, ageing of inventories and sales trends. 

Rebates receivable from suppliers 
Rebates earned by the Group take the form of volume based rebates, for attaining specific purchase targets, with individual suppliers.  
These agreements normally cover the financial period.  Agreements that cover more than one financial period are recognised in the  
period in which the rebate is earned and are credited to the carrying value of inventory to which they relate. 

The Group also receives discounts/rebates from certain suppliers for one-off, targeted marketing and promotional events.  These rebates 
are recognised in the period in which the promotional activity is held. 

Trade receivables and payables 
Trade receivables and payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently adjusted to the amount receivable or payable.   
Receivables are stated net of a provision for impairment. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, cash at bank, deposits repayable on demand and highly liquid investments.  For 
the purposes of the statements of cash flow, cash and cash equivalents also includes bank overdrafts, which are shown within borrowings  
and overdrafts in current liabilities on the balance sheet. 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Bank loans and overdrafts are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate model. 

Provisions 
A provision is recognised where the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an  
outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.  Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis when appropriate.   

A provision for vacant properties and onerous leases is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract 
are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.  The provision is measured at the present value of the 
lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract.  Before a provision is 
established, the Group recognises any impairment losses on the assets associated with that contract.   

68 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
66  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
1.  Principal accounting policies continued 

Retirement benefit obligation 
The Group operates defined benefit and defined contribution schemes and also participates in a multi-employer pension scheme 
in respect of its employees in the Netherlands.  The assets and liabilities of all schemes are held separately from those of the Group.   
The Group is unable to identify its share of the assets and liabilities of the multi-employer scheme and, therefore, accounts for this 
scheme as a defined contribution scheme. 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit schemes is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial 
valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date.  The net retirement benefit obligation recognised in the balance sheet represents 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the fair value of the scheme assets at the balance sheet date. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full, directly in equity in the period in which they occur and are presented in other 
comprehensive income.  Other income and expenses associated with the defined benefit scheme are recognised in the income 
statement.  The pension cost of defined contribution schemes is charged in the income statement as incurred. 

Critical estimates and judgments 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS requires the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of policies and reported amounts.  Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience 
and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results may 
differ from these estimates.  The estimates and assumptions, which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial period, are discussed below: 

Judgments 

Impairment of goodwill 
The Group is required to test whether goodwill has suffered any impairment.  The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have  
been determined based on value in use calculations.  The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows expected to  
arise from the continuing operation of the cash-generating unit and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present 
value.  Actual outcomes could vary significantly from these estimates. 

Impairment of assets 
Property, plant and equipment, investment property and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  When a review for impairment is conducted, the recoverable 
amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is determined based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell, and value in use calculations 
prepared on the basis of management’s assumptions and estimates.  The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows 
expected to arise from the continuing operation of the cash-generating unit and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate 
the present value.  Actual outcomes could vary significantly from these estimates. 

Onerous leases 
The Group carries an onerous lease provision which recognises the liabilities associated with lease contracts of closed stores and  
those that are projected to close.  The provision is based on a review of the lease contracts and management’s estimate of the timings  
to exit the lease.  The Group has also reviewed any trading loss-making stores and provided for the onerous elements of these leases.  
These estimates are based upon available information and knowledge of the property market.  The ultimate costs to be incurred in this 
regard may vary from the estimates. 

Treatment of restructuring costs and provisions 
The Group has incurred and recognised professional, logistical and other costs related to the CVA and wider restructuring process.  The 
nature of these costs, as they are ongoing, is management’s estimate of the anticipated total costs to complete the CVA and restructuring.  
These estimates are based upon current available information and knowledge of the restructuring process and have been recognised in 
separately reported items.  The final costs for the CVA and restructuring may vary from the estimates. 

Going concern 
Management considers going concern to be a matter of critical judgment.  Please refer to pages 19 and 32. 

Estimates 

Retirement benefits 
The present value of the defined benefit liabilities recognised in the balance sheet is dependent on the interest rates of high quality  
corporate bonds.  The net financing charge is dependent on both the interest rates of high quality corporate bonds and the assumed 
investment returns on scheme assets.  Other key assumptions for pension obligations, including mortality rates, are based in part on 
current market conditions. 

Income tax 
Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which  
the temporary differences can be utilised.  The Group is subject to income taxes in a number of jurisdictions.  Judgment is required in 
determining the provision for income taxes.  The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether 
additional taxes will be due.  Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such 
differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

69
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  67 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

2.  Segmental analysis 

The Group’s operating segments are determined on the basis of information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker – the Board 
of Directors – to review performance and make decisions.  The reporting segments are: 

  UK; and 
  Rest of Europe (comprising Belgium, the Netherlands and Republic of Ireland). 

The reportable operating segments derive their revenue primarily from the retailing of floorcoverings and beds.  Central costs of the 
Group are incurred principally in the UK.  As such, these costs are included within the UK segment.  Sales between segments are  
carried out at arm’s length. 

The segment information provided to the Board of Directors for the reportable segments for the 52 weeks ended 28 April 2018 is  
as follows: 

Gross revenue  
Inter-segment revenue 
Gross revenue 
Less cost of interest free credit 
Less VAT and other sales tax 
Revenue from external customers 
Gross profit 
Underlying operating (loss)/profit 
Separately reported items 
Operating (loss)/profit 
Finance costs 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
Tax 
(Loss)/profit for the financial period 

Segment assets: 
Segment assets 
Inter-segment balances 
Balance sheet total assets  
Segment liabilities: 
Segment liabilities 
Inter-segment balances 
Balance sheet total liabilities 

Other segmental items: 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Additions to non-current assets 

52 weeks to 28 April 2018 

UK 
£m 
443.3 
(2.0) 
441.3 
(7.3) 
(73.6) 
360.4 
206.1 
(6.8) 
(49.7) 
(56.5) 
(2.8) 
(59.3) 
4.1 
(55.2) 

159.8 
(29.5) 
130.3 

(182.2) 
18.0 
(164.2) 

Europe 
£m 
100.1 
– 
100.1 
– 
(16.7) 
83.4 
43.5 
0.9 
(12.1) 
 (11.2) 
– 
(11.2) 
2.2 
(9.0) 

94.3 
(18.0) 
76.3 

(52.6) 
29.5 
(23.1) 

Group 
£m 
543.4 
(2.0) 
541.4 
(7.3) 
(90.3) 
443.8 
249.6 
(5.9) 
(61.8) 
(67.7) 
(2.8) 
(70.5) 
6.3 
(64.2) 

254.1 
(47.5) 
206.6 

(234.8) 
47.5 
(187.3) 

52 weeks to 29 April 2017 
UK 
£m 
468.0 
(2.9) 
465.1 
(6.8) 
(77.3) 
381.0 
225.6 
10.7 
(11.9) 
(1.2) 
(2.0) 
(3.2) 
0.5 
(2.7) 

Europe 
£m 
91.8 
– 
91.8 
– 
(15.2) 
76.6 
43.8 
5.7 
(1.6) 
4.1 
– 
4.1 
(0.7) 
3.4 

Group 
£m 
559.8 
(2.9) 
556.9 
(6.8) 
(92.5) 
457.6 
269.4 
16.4 
(13.5) 
2.9 
(2.0) 
0.9 
(0.2) 
0.7 

204.3 
(28.7) 
175.6 

(174.4) 
19.9 
(154.5) 

100.6 
(19.9) 
80.7 

(52.5) 
28.7 
(23.8) 

304.9 
(48.6) 
256.3 

(226.9) 
48.6 
(178.3) 

9.7 
12.7 

2.6 
5.8 

12.3 
18.5 

10.2 
15.0 

2.0 
4.9 

12.2 
19.9 

Carpetright plc is domiciled in the UK.  The Group’s revenue from external customers in the UK is £360.4m (2017: £381.0m) and the total 
revenue from external customers from other countries is £83.4m (2017: £76.6m).  The total of non-current assets (other than financial 
instruments and deferred tax assets) located in the UK is £110.5m (2017: £143.6m) and the total of those located in other countries is 
£73.8m (2017: £80.2m). 

Following trigger events driven by market capitalisation and trading performance since December 2017, assets across both segments have 
been reviewed for impairment.  Goodwill of £29.8m has been impaired in the UK and £4.9m in the Rest of Europe segment.  Freehold and 
long-leasehold assets in the UK have been impaired by £0.6m and £4.5m in the Rest of Europe.  Store leasehold assets have been 
impaired by £5.5m in the UK and £0.2m in the Rest of Europe.  Refer to note 5 for further information. 

Carpetright’s trade has historically shown no distinct pattern of seasonality, with trade cycles more closely following macro economic indicators. 

70 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
68  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  Operating (loss)/profit, analysis of costs by nature 

Operating (loss)/profit is stated after (crediting)/charging:  

Rental income earned on investment property  
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense in cost of sales 
Operating lease rentals: 

Lease payments in respect of land and buildings 
Lease payments in respect of plant and machinery 
Other lease items (lease incentives and rent-free credits) 
Sublease rental income 

Auditors’ remuneration:  

Audit of the Parent Company’s consolidated financial statements 
Audit of the subsidiary companies’ financial statements 
Non audit fees 

Staff costs 
Impairment/(reversal) of assets 
Impairment of goodwill 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment: 

Owned assets 
Under finance leases 

Depreciation of investment property 

Group  
2018 
£m 
(2.1) 
153.1 

80.2 
2.5 
(4.0) 
(1.1) 

0.2 
0.1 
0.6 
102.0 
10.8 
34.7 
1.3 

10.5 
0.2 
0.3 

Group  
2017  
£m 
(1.9) 
155.7 

79.3 
2.4 
(2.9) 
(1.1) 

0.2 
0.1 
– 
99.7 
(1.8) 
– 
2.0 

9.7 
0.2 
0.3 

Notes 

4 
5 
5,10 
10 

11 
11 
12 

Non audit fees in the period were £551k (2017: £1k).  These fees are explained on page 34 of the Audit Committee report. 

4.  Staff costs 

The average number of persons (full-time equivalents) employed by the Group (including Directors) was as follows: 

Stores 
Store support office and distribution centre 

The aggregate employment costs of employees and Directors were as follows: 

Wages and salaries (including short-term employee benefits) 
Social security costs 
Post-employment benefits – defined contribution 
Share based payments 

Group  
2018  
Number 
2,539 
405 
2,944 

Group  
2017  
Number 
2,530 
417 
2,947 

Company  
2018  
Number 
2,120 
344 
2,464 

Company  
2017  
Number 
2,107 
356 
2,463 

Notes 

5, 25 

Group  
2018 
£m 
89.4 
9.7 
2.4 
0.5 
102.0 

Group  
2017  
£m 
87.2 
9.3 
2.2 
1.0 
99.7 

Company  
2018  
£m 
73.3 
6.8 
1.2 
0.5 
81.8 

Company  
2017  
£m 
72.4 
6.7 
1.1 
1.0 
81.2 

Wages and salaries include short-term employee benefits as defined in IAS 19, with the exception of costs associated with the Group’s 
pension schemes.  Post-employment benefits include costs associated with the Group’s pension schemes (with the exception of net 
interest costs and the actuarial gain on the defined benefit pension schemes) and are included in administration expenses.  Share based 
payments comprise the cost of awards in respect of employee share schemes in accordance with IFRS 2.  These costs are explained 
in note 25. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

71
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  69 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

4.  Staff costs continued 

The Group considers key management to be the Executive Directors only.  The employment costs of key management were as follows: 

Wages and salaries (including short-term employee benefits) 
Social security costs 
Post-employment benefits – defined contribution 
Share based payments 

Group  
2018  
£m 
0.8 
0.2 
0.2 
0.1 
1.3 

Group  
2017  
£m 
0.8 
0.2 
0.2 
0.1 
1.3 

During the period, the Executive Directors did not realise any gains (2017: none) on the vesting of long-term incentive plans.  Details of 
these plans, share options and other Directors’ remuneration are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 35 to 55. 

5.  Separately reported items 

In order to provide shareholders with additional insight into the underlying performance of the business, items recognised in reported profit 
or loss before tax which, by virtue of their size and/or nature, do not reflect the Group’s underlying performance, have been excluded from 
the Group’s underlying results. 

Underlying (loss)/profit before tax 

Property disposal costs 
Loss on disposal of properties 
Store refurbishment – asset write-offs 

Other non-cash items 
Goodwill impairment 
Freehold and investment property (impairment)/reversal 
Store asset impairment 
Net onerous lease charge 

Notes 

Group  
2018  
£m 
(8.7) 

Group   
2017   
£m 
14.4   

(1.7) 
(0.6) 
(2.3) 

(34.7) 
(5.1) 
(5.7) 
(2.3) 
(47.8) 

(1.9)  
(1.4)  
(3.3)  

–   
2.2   
(0.4)  
(11.0)  
9.2   

10 

20 

Share based payments 

25 

(0.5) 

(1.0)  

Restucturing costs 
Redundancy provisions 
Store closure costs associated with the CVA 
Professional fees 
Release of fixed rent accruals and lease incentives  

ERP dual running costs 
Legacy pension costs 

Total separately reported items 

Statutory (loss)/profit before tax 

72 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
70  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

20 
20 

(3.8) 
(2.0) 
(6.4) 
2.8 
(9.4) 

(1.5) 
(0.3) 

–   
–   
–   
–   
–   

–   
–   

(61.8) 

(13.5)  

(70.5) 

0.9   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
5.  Separately reported items continued 

The Group makes certain adjustments to statutory profit measures in order to help investors understand the underlying performance of the 
business.  These adjustments are reported as separately reported items.  The Group recorded a net charge of £61.8m (2017: £13.5m). 

A net loss of £1.7m was made on the disposal of five properties during the period (2017: £1.9m loss).  The loss relates principally to a 
combination of surrender premiums paid and asset write offs.  As part of the store refurbishment programme, £0.6m (2017: £1.4m) of 
assets have been written off due to being replaced. 

The Group’s goodwill balances relate to historical acquisitions of UK and European businesses and the carrying value has been 
compared to the expected future discounted cash flows of the individual cash-generating units.  Following a revision of the outlook for 
the underlying business units, an impairment of £34.7m has been recognised, comprising £29.8m relating to UK acquisitions and £4.9m 
in The Netherlands.   

The Group performed an impairment review over its freehold and investment properties, store fixed assets and goodwill in accordance with 
IAS 36, following recent trigger events.  Freehold and investment properties were impaired by £5.1m driven by a difficult commercial rental 
market in the Netherlands and a revised downward view of market rents and yields across the UK and the Netherlands.  Store fixed assets 
of £5.7m were impaired as a result of underlying store performances and those stores earmarked for closure under the CVA arrangements. 

A strategic review of the store portfolio as part of the CVA procedures initiated during the year resulted in a revised assessment of the 
onerous lease costs for loss-making stores.  The impact of these judgments is a net charge of £2.3m (2017: £11.0m).  This charge reflects 
changes in property costs and lease length of onerous leases for UK stores as a result of the implementation of the CVA.  A £13.9m 
provision for onerous leases remained on the balance sheet at the year end 2018.  Of this, £4.8m is expected to be utilised against UK 
stores earmarked for closure during the first half of the financial year 2019.  The remaining £9.1m is associated with UK stores not subject 
to the CVA and stores in the Republic of Ireland.  It is expected that the majority of this will be utilised over a period of four years. 

In light of the variable nature of employee share based payments, these have been classified as separately reported items.  This also allows 
for greater visibility of these charges in the financial statements.  A charge of £0.5m was incurred during the period (2017: £1.0m). 

A provision for redundancy costs of £3.8m has been created at year end relating to roles likely to be removed under previously announced 
plans to restructure our stores trading estate and associated central support functions in the UK through the CVA.  Further, £2.0m of costs 
directly associated to the closure of affected stores has been provided.  A total of £6.4m of professional fees were incurred directly as a 
result of administering the CVA and equity raise processes during the period. 

In line with IAS 17 and SIC 15 the Group has reassessed the expected cash flows over the remaining life of the lease in stores earmarked 
to close as part of the CVA procedure.  As a result a credit of £2.8m relating to the release of previously accrued lease incentives and fixed 
rent reviews associated with these stores has been recognised during the year. 

The Group has incurred dual running costs as it replaces legacy IT systems and transitions to a new ERP platform.  Historically, these types 
of cost would have been capital spend but with the switch to cloud-based software services, these are classified as operating expenditure.  
Due to the quantum and one-off nature of the project, these costs have been reported as separately reported items. 

The tax impact of the separately reported items is a credit of £2.2m (2017: credit of £2.5m). 

The total cash impact of separately reported items is an outflow of £12.8m (2017: £1.2m inflow). 

6.  Finance costs 

Interest on borrowings and overdrafts 
Fees amortisation 
Interest on obligations under finance leases 
Net interest on pension scheme obligations 
Finance costs 

Notes 

22 

Group  
2018  
£m 
(1.5) 
(1.0) 
(0.2) 
(0.1) 
(2.8) 

Group  
2017  
£m 
(1.2) 
(0.5) 
(0.2) 
(0.1) 
(2.0) 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

73
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  71 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

7.  Tax 

(i) Analysis of the charge/(credit) in the period 

UK current tax 
Overseas current tax 
Total current tax 
UK deferred tax 
UK deferred tax prior year adjustment 
Overseas deferred tax 
Overseas deferred tax prior year adjustment 
Total deferred tax 
Total tax (credit)/charge in the income statement 

(ii) Reconciliation of (loss)/profit before tax to total tax  

(Loss)/profit before tax 
Tax charge at UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2017: 20%) 
Adjusted for the effects of: 

Overseas tax rates 
Deferred tax impact of a fall in tax rates  
Non-qualifying depreciation 
Permanent difference – goodwill impairment  
Other permanent differences 
Prior year adjustments 

Total tax (credit)/charge in the income statement 

The weighted average annual effective tax rate for the period is a credit of 9.0% (2017: a charge of 24.3%).   

(iii) Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity 

Deferred tax on actuarial losses recognised in other comprehensive income 
Deferred tax on share based payments 
Total tax recognised in equity 

8.  Dividends 

Notes 

21 

Group  
2018 
£m 
– 
0.2 
0.2 
(4.2) 
(0.1) 
(2.1) 
(0.1) 
(6.5) 
(6.3) 

Group  
2018  
£m 
(70.5) 
(13.4) 

(0.5) 
0.2 
0.4 
5.6 
1.6 
(0.2) 
(6.3) 

Group  
2018  
£m 
0.4 
– 
0.4 

Group  
2017  
£m 
(0.2) 
0.1 
(0.1) 
(1.0) 
(0.2) 
2.2 
(0.7) 
0.3 
0.2 

Group  
2017 
£m 
0.9  
0.2  

0.5 
(0.6) 
0.4 
– 
0.6 
(0.9) 
0.2  

Group  
2017  
£m 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.1) 

The Directors decided that no final dividend will be paid (2017: No final dividend paid).  This results in no dividend in the period to  
28 April 2018 (2017: No dividend paid). 

74 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
72  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.  (Loss)/earnings per share 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by dividing the (loss)/earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the period, excluding those held by Equity Trust (Jersey) Limited (see note 25) which are treated 
as cancelled. 

In order to compute diluted (loss)/earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume 
conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares.  Those share options granted to employees and Executive Directors where the exercise 
price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the period represent potentially dilutive ordinary shares. 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share 
Effect of dilutive share options  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share 

 52 weeks to 28 April 2018 
Weighted 
average  
number of 
shares  
Millions 
67.9 
– 
67.9 

Loss  
£m 
(64.2) 
– 
(64.2) 

Loss  
per share 
Pence 
(94.6) 
– 
(94.6) 

 52 weeks to 29 April 2017 

Weighted 
average  
number of 
shares  
Millions 
67.6 
1.6 
69.2 

Earnings  
per share  
Pence 
1.0 
0.1 
1.1 

Earnings  
£m 
0.7 
0.1 
0.8 

The Directors have presented an additional measure of (loss)/earnings per share based on underlying earnings.  This is in accordance  
with the practice adopted by many major retailers.  Underlying earnings is defined as profit/(loss) excluding separately reported items and 
related tax. 

Reconciliation of (loss)/earnings per share excluding post tax (loss)/profit on separately reported items 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share 
Adjusted for the effect of separately reported items: 

Separately reported items 
Tax thereon 
Separately reported tax impact from tax rate change 

Underlying (loss)/earnings per share 

. 

 52 weeks to 28 April 2018 
Weighted 
average  
number of 
shares  
Millions 
67.9 

(Loss)/ 
earnings  
£m 
(64.2) 

(Loss)/ 
earnings  
per share 
Pence 
(94.6) 

61.8 
(2.2) 
– 
(4.6) 

– 
– 
– 
67.9 

91.0 
(3.2) 
– 
(6.8) 

 52 weeks to 29 April 2017 

Weighted 
average  
number of 
shares  
Millions 
67.6 

– 
– 
– 
67.6 

Earnings  
£m 
0.7 

13.5 
(2.5) 
(0.6) 
11.1 

Earnings  
per share  
Pence 
1.0 

20.0 
(3.7) 
(0.9) 
16.4 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

75
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  73 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

10.  Intangible assets 

Group 
Cost: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Net book value: 
At 28 April 2018 
At 29 April 2017 

Goodwill  
£m 

Computer 
software  
£m 

Brands  
£m 

Total  
£m 

75.0 
1.7 
0.6 
(0.9) 
76.4 
0.9 
4.5 
0.5 
(2.0) 
80.3 

17.9 
0.1 
2.0 
(0.9) 
19.1 
0.1 
34.8 
1.3 
(2.0) 
53.3 

0.1 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

0.1 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

– 
– 

27.0 
57.3 

52.4 
1.7 
– 
– 
54.1 
0.9 
– 
– 
– 
55.0 

0.5 
– 
– 
– 
0.5 
– 
34.7 
– 
– 
35.2 

19.8 
53.6 

22.5 
– 
0.6 
(0.9) 
22.2 
– 
4.5 
0.5 
(2.0) 
25.2 

17.3 
0.1 
2.0 
(0.9) 
18.5 
0.1 
0.1 
1.3 
(2.0) 
18.0 

7.2 
3.7 

Goodwill is not amortised.  Instead it is subject to an impairment review at each reporting date or more frequently if there is an indication 
that it may be impaired.  Other intangible assets are amortised and also tested for impairment when there is an indication that the asset 
may be impaired.  Impairments and amortisation charges are recognised in full in administration expenses in the income statement during 
the period in which they are identified. 

Goodwill is impaired if the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs 
to sell and the value in use.  In the absence of a recent market transaction, the recoverable amount of the goodwill held by the Group is 
determined from value in use calculations.   

Management has identified two cash-generating units (CGUs) supporting goodwill which are the UK and Europe, being the Netherlands 
and Belgium.  The goodwill allocated to each CGU at the start of the period was £29.8m (2017: £29.8m) to the UK, of which £24.1m was 
recognised in the Company, and £23.8m (2017: £23.8m) to Europe.   

As a result of a significant fall in market capitalisation and a downturn in trading, goodwill was tested for impairment during the period. 

76 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
74  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  Intangible assets continued 

Value in use calculations are based on three-year profit projection models and plans approved by the Board, adjusted for non-cash items  
and capital expenditure.  The key assumptions used in the cash flow model when assessing the UK and European goodwill balances are: 

  UK  

–  like-for-like sales – continued downturn throughout FY19 followed by modest recovery in subsequent years; 
–  Gross profit margin decrease in FY19, stabilised in subsequent years; 
–  flat long term growth rate; and 
–  pre-tax discount rate of 9.4% (2017: 7.8%). 

  Europe 

–  like-for-like sales growth of 3.5% - 3.8% over the forecast period; 
–  Gross profit margin growth of between 1.0% to 3.3% over the forecast period; 
–  Costs inflation increase of 3.1% to 3.7% in the remaining forecast period; 
–  pre-tax discount rate of 9.7% (2017: 7.8%); and 
–  The long term growth rate of 2% is used in the calculation of the perpetuity model which is based on the long-term forecast growth rates 

of the countries within the European CGU. 

In Europe the recoverable amount based on value in use exceeded the carrying value by £34.1m.  The following amendments to key 
assumptions would result in the removal of available headroom in the model:  

–  a fall in the long-term growth rate to -6% from +2.0%; 
–  a rise in the discount rate to 13.8% from 9.4%; 
–  an average decline in sales by 1.8% each year; 
–  a decline in gross profit margin of 330bps each year; and 
–  an increase in operating costs of 710bps each year. 

This has resulted in an impairment of £34.7m has been recognised, comprising £29.8m relating to UK acquisitions and £4.9m in the 
Netherlands.  All goodwill relating to UK acquisitions has been impaired.  The impact on the Company is an impairment of £24.1m.   

Company 
Cost: 
At 30 April 2016 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment: 
At 30 April 2016 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Amortisation 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Net book value: 
At 28 April 2018 
At 29 April 2017 

Goodwill  
£m 

Computer 
software  
£m 

Brands  
£m 

Total  
£m 

46.6 
0.6 
(0.9) 
46.3 
3.0 
(2.0) 
47.3 

17.4 
2.0 
(0.9) 
18.5 
0.1 
24.2 
1.3 
(2.0) 
42.1 

0.1 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
0.1 

0.1 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 

– 
– 

5.2 
27.8 

24.1 
– 
– 
24.1 
– 
– 
24.1 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
24.1 
– 
– 
24.1 

– 
24.1 

22.4 
0.6 
(0.9) 
22.1 
3.0 
(2.0) 
23.1 

17.3 
2.0 
(0.9) 
18.4 
0.1 
0.1 
1.3 
(2.0) 
17.9 

5.2 
3.7 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

77
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  75 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

11.  Property, plant and equipment  

Group 
Cost: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Transfer between asset classes 
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Transfer  
Transfer to intangible assets 
Transfer from investment property 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment/(reversal) 
Depreciation  
Transfer between asset classes  
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation  
Transfer  
Transfer from investment property 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Net book value: 
At 28 April 2018 
At 29 April 2017 

Freehold  
land and 
buildings  
£m 

Long 
leasehold 
land and 
buildings  
£m 

Short 
leasehold 
buildings  
£m 

Fixtures  
and fittings  
£m 

Plant and 
machinery  
£m 

43.8 
1.5 
– 
– 
(1.7) 
(1.6) 
42.0 
0.6 
– 
0.9 
– 
– 
(0.4) 
43.1 

8.3 
0.6 
(0.8) 
0.7 
– 
(0.1) 
(0.9) 
7.8 
0.2 
– 
0.6 
0.8 
– 
(0.1) 
9.3 

17.6 
0.1 
– 
(1.0) 
– 
(0.3) 
16.4 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(0.2) 
16.2 

6.1 
0.1 
– 
0.3 
(0.7) 
– 
(0.2) 
5.6 
– 
0.2 
0.2 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
5.9 

16.6 
0.1 
0.7 
0.9 
– 
(1.2) 
17.1 
0.1 
0.8 
– 
– 
0.1 
(0.4) 
17.7 

11.1 
0.1 
– 
0.8 
0.6 
– 
(1.1) 
11.5 
0.1 
0.9 
0.8 
– 
0.1 
(0.3) 
13.1 

93.5 
1.1 
17.1 
0.1 
– 
(14.7) 
97.1 
0.6 
12.7 
– 
– 
– 
(9.5) 
100.9 

59.2 
1.1 
0.4 
7.3 
0.1 
– 
(13.1) 
55.0 
0.4 
4.1 
8.1 
0.1 
– 
(8.4) 
59.3 

33.9 
2.0 
1.5 
– 
– 
(1.1) 
36.3 
1.1 
0.5 
– 
(0.5) 
– 
(0.9) 
36.5 

25.7 
1.6 
– 
0.8 
– 
– 
(1.1) 
27.0 
0.8 
0.4 
1.0 
– 
– 
(1.1) 
28.1 

Total  
£m 

205.4 
4.8 
19.3 
– 
(1.7) 
(18.9) 
208.9 
2.4 
14.0 
0.9 
(0.5) 
0.1 
(11.4) 
214.4 

110.4 
3.5 
(0.4) 
9.9 
– 
(0.1) 
(16.4) 
106.9 
1.5 
5.6 
10.7 
0.9 
0.1 
(10.0) 
115.7 

33.8 
34.2 

10.3 
10.8 

4.6 
5.6 

41.6 
42.1 

8.4 
9.3 

98.7 
102.0 

In accordance with IAS 36, assets are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value  
may not be recoverable.   

Property, plant and equipment is subject to an impairment review at each reporting date or more frequently if there is an indication of 
impairment.  During the period, £5.6m has been identified for impairment, the majority of which relates to fixtures and fittings within loss-
making stores. 

Assets held under finance leases have the following net book value: 

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
Net book value 

The assets held under finance leases comprise buildings.   

78 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
76  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

Group  
2018 
£m 
8.7 
(3.4) 
5.3 

Group  
2017  
£m 
8.8 
(3.3) 
5.5 

Company  
2018  
£m 
1.9 
(1.5) 
0.4 

Company  
2017  
£m 
2.1 
(1.6) 
0.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  Property, plant and equipment continued 

Company 
Cost: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation 
Transfer to investment property 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Impairment 
Depreciation  
Disposals 
At 28 April 2018 

Net book value: 
At 28 April 2018 
At 29 April 2017 

Freehold  
land and 
buildings  
£m 

Long 
leasehold 
land and 
buildings  
£m 

Short 
leasehold 
buildings  
£m 

Fixtures  
and fittings  
£m 

Plant and 
machinery  
£m 

17.8 
– 
– 
– 
17.8 
– 
– 
(0.4) 
17.4 

2.9 
– 
(0.6) 
0.2 
0.6 
– 
3.1 
(0.3) 
0.2 
(0.1) 
2.9 

9.9 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
9.6 
– 
– 
(0.2) 
9.4 

3.8 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
(0.2) 
3.7 
0.2 
0.1 
(0.1) 
3.9 

16.6 
0.1 
0.8 
(1.2) 
16.3 
0.1 
0.7 
(0.4) 
16.7 

11.1 
0.1 
0.1 
0.8 
– 
(1.1) 
11.0 
0.9 
0.7 
(0.3) 
12.3 

81.2 
0.1 
12.8 
(12.5) 
81.6 
– 
8.9 
(8.7) 
81.8 

47.7 
– 
0.5 
6.3 
– 
(10.9) 
43.6 
4.0 
6.5 
(7.9) 
46.2 

8.7 
– 
0.9 
(0.9) 
8.7 
– 
0.1 
(0.8) 
8.0 

5.3 
– 
– 
0.6 
– 
(0.9) 
5.0 
0.4 
0.7 
(0.8) 
5.3 

Total  
£m 

134.2 
0.2 
14.5 
(14.9) 
134.0 
0.1 
9.7 
(10.5) 
133.3 

70.8 
0.1 
– 
8.0 
0.6 
(13.1) 
66.4 
5.2 
8.2 
(9.2) 
70.6 

14.5 
14.7 

5.5 
5.9 

4.4 
5.3 

35.6 
38.0 

2.7 
3.7 

62.7 
67.6 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

79
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  77 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

12.  Investment property 

Investment property is carried at depreciated historical cost and is reviewed for impairment at each balance sheet date or when there is an 
indication of impairment.  The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and the value in use calculations.  The value in 
use calculations are based on five-year income forecasts and a terminal value.  These cashflows discounted at a pre-tax rate of 9.6% for 
properties based in the UK and 8.9% for the properties located in The Netherlands; this being an asset specific discount rate for freehold 
and investment properties. 

Operating expenses attributable to investment properties are incurred directly by tenants under tenant-repairing leases. 

Group  
£m 

Company 
£m 

21.2 
1.2 
1.7 
(3.9) 
20.2 
0.7 
(0.1) 
20.8 

6.7 
0.2 
(1.4) 
0.3 
0.1 
(1.0) 
4.9 
0.1 
5.1 
0.3 
(0.1) 
10.3 

10.5 
15.3 

6.8 
– 
– 
(3.9) 
2.9 
– 
– 
2.9 

1.9 
– 
0.3 
– 
(0.6) 
(1.0) 
0.6 
– 
0.9 
– 
– 
1.5 

1.4 
2.3 

Cost: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
At 28 April 2018 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation 
Transfer from/(to) property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Impairment 
Depreciation 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
At 28 April 2018 

Net book value: 
At 28 April 2018 
At 29 April 2017 

80 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
78  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  Investment in subsidiary undertakings 

All of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts.  The Group has the following subsidiaries as at  
28 April 2018. 

Carpetright of London Limited 
Melford Commercial Properties Limited 
Carpetright (Torquay) Limited 
Pluto Sp.  Z.o.o. 
Carpetland NV 
Carpetland BV 
Fontainebleau Vastgoed BV 
Carpetworld Manchester Limited 
Carpet Express Limited 
Carpet Depot Ltd 
Carpetright Purfleet Limited 
Carpetright Purfleet Holdings Limited 
Carpetworld Ltd 
Carpetright at Home Limited 
Carpetright Card Services Limited 
Harris Beds Limited 
Harris Carpet Limited 
Harris Carpets at Home Limited 
Harris Carpets Direct Limited 
Harris Carpets Direct.com Limited 
Harris Furnishing Limited 
In-House Carpets Limited 
Mays Holdings Limited 
Mays Carpets Limited 
New Carpet Express Limited 
Premier Carpets Limited 
Rugright (EU) Limited 
Storey Carpets Limited 
Sleepright (UK) Limited 
Sleepright (EU) Limited 
Woodright Limited 

  Registered office and country of incoporation 

Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Ul.  Spacerowa 188, 270 Marki, Poland  
Nieuwe Stallesstraat 215, 1620 Drogenbos, Belgium 
Franciscusdreef 62, 3565 AC Utrecht, Netherlands 
Franciscusdreef 62, 3565 AC Utrecht, Netherlands 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 
Purfleet Bypass, Purfleet, Essex, England and Wales 

The Group operates in the Republic of Ireland where it trades as a branch of Carpetright plc. 

Company 
At the beginning of the period 
At the end of the period 

Principal  
activity 
Holding 
Property 
Property 
Property 
Retail 
Retail 
Property 
Property 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 

Percentage  
of ordinary 
shares held 
directly by 
Company 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
– 
– 
– 
– 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

Percentage  
of ordinary 
shares held 
indirectly by 
Company 
– 
– 
– 
– 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2018 
£m 
15.7 
15.7 

2017 
£m 
15.7 
15.7 

The cost of investments before impairments is £16.7m.  As at 28 April 2018, accumulated impairments of £1.0m (2017: £1.0m) have been 
recognised against the investment in Pluto Sp Z.o.o. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

81
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  79 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

14.  Inventories 

Group and Company inventories are held in the form of finished goods for resale.  In the period, write down of stock to net realisable  
value was £0.2m (2017: £0.2m), resulting in a stock provision of £0.4m (2017: £0.4m). 

15.  Trade and other receivables 

Non-current: 
Prepayments  

Current: 
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment 

Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Receivables from subsidiaries 

Group  
2018  
£m 

Group  
2017  
£m 

Company  
2018  
£m 

Company  
2017  
£m 

0.7 
0.7 

13.1 
(1.2) 
11.9 
1.3 
12.2 
– 
25.4 

0.4 
0.4 

13.4 
(0.7) 
12.7 
1.3 
11.8 
– 
25.8 

0.7 
0.7 

6.3 
(1.2) 
5.1 
0.8 
10.7 
41.3 
57.9 

0.4 
0.4 

6.4 
(0.7) 
5.7 
0.7 
10.6 
41.7 
58.7 

Total trade and other receivables 

26.1 

26.2 

58.6 

59.1 

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables approximate to their fair values. 

Provision for impairment 

At the beginning of the period 
Provision for impairment recognised during the period 
At the end of the period 

Group  
2018  
£m 
(0.7) 
(0.5) 
(1.2) 

Group  
2017  
£m 
(0.4) 
(0.3) 
(0.7) 

Company  
2018  
£m 
(0.7) 
(0.5) 
(1.2) 

Company  
2017  
£m 
(0.4) 
(0.3) 
(0.7) 

The table below shows the financial assets included in trade and other receivables at the balance sheet date: 

Major insurance companies 
Property rent receivables 
Receivables from retail credit finance 
Retail customers 
Trade and other receivables 

Group  
2018  
£m 
1.2 
0.1 
1.4 
10.5 
13.2 

Group  
2017  
£m 
1.0 
0.3 
1.4 
11.3 
14.0 

Company  
2018  
£m 
0.7 
0.1 
1.4 
3.7 
5.9 

Company  
2017  
£m 
0.4 
0.3 
1.4 
4.3 
6.4 

Balances from retail customers principally relate to products awaiting collection, but are considered to have little credit risk as they are 
primarily settled by cash or major credit card and must be settled prior to the goods being collected from/delivered by the store.  The Group 
bears no credit risk in respect of amounts due from retail customers under retail finance arrangements. 

The age profile of balances other than those with retail customers is set out below: 

Neither past due nor impaired 
30 to 60 days 
60 to 90 days 
Over 90 days 
Non-retail trade and other receivables 

Group  
2018  
£m 
1.2 
0.1 
– 
– 
1.3 

Group  
2017  
£m 
1.2 
0.1 
– 
– 
1.3 

Company  
2018  
£m 
0.6 
0.2 
– 
– 
0.8 

Company  
2017  
£m 
0.6 
0.1 
– 
– 
0.7 

Other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets and are not past due.   

82 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
80  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 
Bank overdrafts 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statements 

17.  Trade and other payables 

Current: 
Trade payables 
Other taxes and social security 
Accruals and deferred income 
Payable to subsidiaries 

Non-current: 
Accruals and deferred income 

Notes 

19 

Group  
2018  
£m 
6.6 
(1.8) 
4.8 

Group  
2017  
£m 
12.5 
(7.1) 
5.4 

Company  
2018  
£m 
4.3 
(1.8) 
2.5 

Company  
2017  
£m 
9.3 
(7.1) 
2.2 

Group  
2018  
£m 

Group  
2017  
£m 

Company  
2018  
£m 

Company  
2017  
£m 

29.1 
11.0 
29.3 
– 
69.4 

51.0 
10.2 
22.7 
– 
83.9 

25.7 
7.7 
25.7 
7.0 
66.1 

45.4 
9.0 
18.1 
9.6 
82.1 

28.0 

34.5 

28.0 

34.6 

Total trade and other payables 

97.4 

118.4 

94.1 

116.7 

The movement on long-term accruals and deferred income includes the £2.8m release for the stores that will be closed as part of the CVA 
and is included in note 5, separately reported items. 

Trade payables comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs.  The Directors consider that the carrying amounts 
of trade and other payables approximate to their fair values. 

18.  Obligations under finance leases 

Amounts payable within one year 
Amounts payable between one and  
five years 
Amounts payable after five years 

Less: future finance charges 
Present value of obligations  
under finance leases 
Current 
Non-current  

Minimum lease payments 
Company  
2018  
£m 
0.2 

Group  
2017  
£m 
0.3 

Group  
2018  
£m 
0.2 

Company  
2017  
£m 
0.2 

0.9 
3.4 
4.5 
(2.7) 

1.8 
0.1 
1.7 

1.1 
3.7 
5.1 
(2.9) 

2.2 
0.1 
2.1 

0.6 
0.3 
1.1 
(0.3) 

0.8 
0.1 
0.7 

0.8 
0.5 
1.5 
(0.4) 

1.1 
0.1 
1.0 

Present value of minimum lease payments 
Group  
2018  
£m 
0.1 

Company  
2018  
£m 
0.1 

Group  
2017  
£m 
0.1 

Company  
2017  
£m 
0.1 

0.5 
1.2 
– 
– 

1.8 

0.6 
1.5 
– 
– 

2.2 

0.4 
0.3 
– 
– 

0.8 

0.5 
0.5 
– 
– 

1.1 

The Group leases certain properties under finance leases.  The average lease term remaining is 14 years (2017: 13 years).  The minimum 
lease payments are discounted at the rate inherent in the leases.  Interest rates are fixed at the contract date.  All leases are on a fixed 
repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

83
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  81 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

19.  Borrowings 

Current: 

Bank overdraft 
Non-bank loans 
Revolving credit facility 

Group  
2018  
£m 

Group  
2017  
£m 

Company  
2018  
£m 

Company  
2017  
£m 

1.8 
11.0 
45.0 
57.8 

7.1 
– 
13.0 
20.1 

1.8 
11.0 
45.0 
57.8 

7.1 
– 
13.0 
20.1 

Borrowings and overdrafts are denominated in Sterling and euro of which £46.8m (2017: £20.1m) are secured on certain Group  
freehold properties. 

Non-bank loans are presented net of £1.5m arrangement fees, are unsecured and are repayable on 31 August 2018 at an annual interest 
rate of 3.00%.  Full repayment was made on 13 June 2018.  Refer to note 32 for details of changes to the Group’s borrowing structure 
after the balance sheet date. 

The effective interest rates at the period end are as follows: 

Overdrafts 
Revolving credit facility 
Non-bank loans 

The maturity profiles of borrowings are as follows: 

Amounts payable within one year 

Group  
2018  
% 
3.25 
4.25 
3.00 

Group  
2018  
£m 
57.8 
57.8 

Group  
2017  
% 
4.0 
3.5 
– 

Company  
2018  
% 
3.25 
4.25 
3.00 

Company  
2017  
% 
4.0 
3.5 
– 

Group  
2017  
£m 
20.1 
20.1 

Company  
2018  
£m 
57.8 
57.8 

Company  
2017  
£m 
20.1 
20.1 

The maturity analysis is grouped by when the debt is contracted to mature rather than by re-pricing dates. 

20.  Provisions for liabilities and charges 

Group and Company 
At the beginning of the period 
Exchange differences 
Added during the period 
Released during the period 
Utilised during the period 
Utilised on disposal 
At the end of the period 

Group  
2018  
£m 
Reorganisation 
provisions  
£m 
– 
– 
5.8 
– 
– 
– 
5.8 

Onerous lease 
provisions  
£m 
17.5 
0.1 
8.5 
(6.2) 
(5.5) 
(0.5) 
13.9 

Total  
provisions  
£m 
17.5 
0.1 
14.3 
(6.2) 
(5.5) 
(0.5) 
19.7 

Onerous lease 
provisions  
£m 
17.5 
0.1 
8.5 
(6.2) 
(5.5) 
(0.5) 
13.9 

Company  
2018  
£m 
Reorganisation 
provisions  
£m 
– 
– 
5.8 
– 
– 
– 
5.8 

Total  
provisions  
£m 
17.5 
0.1 
14.3 
(6.2) 
(5.5) 
(0.5) 
19.7 

The onerous lease provisions relate to estimated future unavoidable lease costs in respect of closed and loss-making stores.  The utilisation 
of onerous provisions is dependant on the future profitability of each store, which is subject to uncertainty from both internal and external 
factors.  It is expected that the provisions will be utilised over a four year period. 

Refer to note 5 for details of the reorganisation provisions, which include redundancy and other store closure costs in relation to stores 
impacted by the CVA.  Due to the nature of the provision, uncertainty exists as to the timing and final costs that will be incurred from 
implementing the reorganisation programme.  It is expected that this will be utilised within the next 12 months. 

84 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
82  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  Provisions for liabilities and charges continued 

Non-current 
Current 
Provision for liabilities and charges 

21.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax liabilities 

Group 
2018  
£m 
10.6 
9.1 
19.7 

Group 
2018  
£m 
(2.0) 
9.0 
7.0 

Group  
2017 
£m 
17.5 
– 
17.5 

Company 
2018 
£m 
10.6 
9.1 
19.7 

Company  
2017 
£m 
17.5 
– 
17.5 

Group  
2017 
£m 
(1.9) 
15.2 
13.3 

Company 
2018 
£m 
– 
4.9 
4.9 

Company  
2017 
£m 
– 
9.0 
9.0 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each other where there is a legally enforceable right to offset.  Deferred tax liabilities 
of £9.0m (2017: £15.2m) comprise deferred tax assets of £5.5m (2017: £1.8m) offset against deferred tax liabilities of £14.5m 
(2017: £17.0m). 

Deferred tax assets for tax losses are recognised to the extent that future taxable profits are probable. 

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group during the current and prior period is: 

Group 
At 30 April 2016 
Exchange differences 
(Credit)/charge to the income statement 
Credit to other comprehensive income 
Transfer to current tax 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Credit to the income statement 
Charge to other comprehensive income 
Transfer to current tax 
At 28 April 2018 

Company 
At 30 April 2016 
(Credit)/charge to the income statement 
Credit to other comprehensive income 
Transfer to current tax 
At 29 April 2017 
Exchange differences 
Credit to the income statement 
Charge to other comprehensive income 
Transfer to current tax 
At 28 April 2018 

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m 
4.9 
0.2 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
5.0 
0.1 
(0.9) 
– 
– 
4.2 

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m 
1.9 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
1.7 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
1.6 

Fair value 
adjustments 
£m 
1.2 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
1.3 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1.3 

Deferred 
capital gains 
£m 
10.9 
– 
(0.9) 
– 
(0.3) 
9.7 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.2) 
9.3 

Fair value 
adjustments 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Deferred 
capital gains 
£m 
10.0 
(0.9) 
– 
(0.3) 
8.8 
0.1 
– 
– 
(0.2) 
8.7 

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
£m 
(0.6) 
– 
0.3 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
0.3 
(1.7) 
– 
– 
(1.7) 

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
£m 
(1.0) 
0.1 
– 
– 
(0.9) 
– 
(0.8) 
– 
– 
(1.7) 

Share 
based 
payments 
£m 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
(0.4) 

Tax  
losses 
£m 
(2.7) 
(0.3) 
1.2 
– 
– 
(1.8) 
(0.1) 
(3.7) 
– 
– 
(5.6) 

Share 
based 
payments 
£m 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
(0.4) 

Tax  
losses 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(3.2) 
– 
– 
(3.2) 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.3) 
(0.2) 
– 
0.4 
– 
(0.1) 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m 
(0.2) 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.3) 
(0.2) 
– 
0.4 
– 
(0.1) 

Total 
£m 
13.4 
– 
0.3 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
13.3 
– 
(6.5) 
0.4 
(0.2) 
7.0 

Total 
£m 
10.6 
(1.2) 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
9.0 
(0.1) 
(4.2) 
0.4 
(0.2) 
4.9 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

85
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  83 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

22.  Retirement benefit obligations 

The Group operates a variety of pension schemes, principally in the UK, the Netherlands and Belgium.  They comprise defined benefit 
schemes where benefits are based on employees’ length of service and average final salary, and defined contribution schemes where  
the employer company pays a set contribution to the scheme.  The UK defined benefit schemes referred to in note 22 (i) (a) and the 
first two defined contribution schemes referred to in note 22 (ii) are accounted for by the Company. 

(i) Defined benefit schemes 
(a) UK defined benefit schemes 
The Company operated a funded defined benefit pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable pay for its employees  
and has assumed the liability for the scheme previously operated by Storey Carpets Ltd (Storeys).  The Company scheme was closed  
to defined benefit service accrual on 30 April 2010 and has been closed to new members since 31 March 2006.  The scheme previously 
operated by Storeys is also closed to new members and has no active members.  The assets of the schemes are held separately from  
those of the Company.   

The assets of the Company scheme are invested in a Managed Fund operated by a fund management company.  Contributions are 
determined by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.  The most recent actuarial review was at 6 April 2017 when the 
actuarial value of the assets represented 95% of the benefits accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings.   
A deficit reduction plan has been agreed with the Trustees under which £0.6m was paid in the period (2017: £0.6m). 

The assets of the Storeys scheme are held in independently managed funds.  The most recent actuarial review of the Storeys scheme  
was at 1 March 2017 when the actuarial value of the assets represented 103% of the benefits accrued to members.  A contribution plan 
has been agreed with the Trustees under which £0.3m was paid in the period (2017: £0.3m). 

Risks 
The Group schemes are exposed to a number of risks which fall within actuarial risks and investment risks.  The risks are monitored by the 
Trustees to mitigate them and are detailed below:  

Investment return risks: If the assets under perform the returns assumed in setting the funding target then additional contributions may be 
required at subsequent valuations. 

Investment matching risks: The schemes invest significantly in equity type assets, whereas the solvency target is closely related to the return 
on bonds.  If the equity type assets have fallen in value relative to the matching assets of bonds additional contributions may be required. 

Longevity risk: If future improvements in mortality exceed the assumptions made then additional contribution may be required. 

Legislative risk: The Government may introduce over riding legislation which leads to an increase in the value of the plan benefits. 

Solvency risks: As the funding target is not a solvency target, and the investment strategy does not follow that required for a solvency 
target, the assets of the plan may not be sufficient to provide all members with the full value of their benefits on a plan wind-up. 

Some of these risks can be reduced by adjusting the funding strategy with the help of the Trustees, for example investment matching risk.  
Other risks cannot so easily be removed, for example longevity risk.  The Trustees of the plan regularly review such risks and mitigating 
controls and a risk register is approved annually to mitigate such risks. 

The Trustees have adopted an investment matching strategy that seeks to match the investment with the cashflow obligations of the 
scheme.  Thus investing in lower risk assets, such as annuities and bonds, which provide a more secure cashflow, as the pension 
obligation approaches maturity. 

Employer contributions of £0.9m are expected to be paid into these pension schemes during the financial period 2019. 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 20 years. 

The assets and liabilities of the schemes were valued on an IAS 19 basis at 28 April 2018 by a qualified actuary.  The numbers set  
out below are the aggregate of the two schemes. 

1) The table below outlines amounts included in the financial statements arising from the Group’s and Company’s obligations in respect  
of the defined benefit scheme: 

Present value of pension schemes’ obligations 
Fair value of pension schemes’ assets 
Asset ceiling  
Total recognised in the balance sheet 

86 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
84  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

2018  
£m 
(29.4) 
30.2 
(1.6) 
(0.8) 

2017  
£m 
(32.7) 
29.5 
– 
(3.2) 

  
 
 
22.  Retirement benefit obligations continued 

Net interest cost on pension schemes 
Total recognised in the income statement 

Actuarial (losses)/gains on plan assets 
Change in assumptions underlying present value of liabilities 
Asset ceiling  
Total recognised in the other comprehensive income statement 

Notes 
6 

2018  
£m 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 

2018  
£m 
(0.2) 
3.4 
(1.6) 
1.6 

2017  
£m 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 

2017  
£m 
4.9 
(6.7) 
– 
(1.8) 

A scheme surplus of £1.4m on one of the defined benefit scheme has been derecognised as the Group does not have an unconditional 
right to refunds or reductions in future contributions.  An additional £0.2m obligation has been recongnised reflecting the Group’s minimum 
committed contributions to the plan. 

2) Reconciliation of movement in net pension deficit: 

As at the beginning of the period 
Interest (expense)/income 

Re-measurements: 
Actuarial gains and losses from: 

Financial assumptions 
Demographics 
Experience adjustments 
Return on plan assets excluding 
interest 
Asset ceiling restriction 

Contributions: 
Employers 

Payments from plan: 
Benefits paid 

Asset ceiling 
2018  
£m 
– 
– 

2017  
£m 
– 
– 

Fair value of assets 

2018  
£m 
29.5 
0.7 

– 
– 
– 
(0.2) 

2017  
£m 
26.1 
0.9 

– 
– 
– 
4.9 

  Defined benefit obligations 
2017  
£m 
(28.3) 
(1.0) 

2018  
£m 
(32.7) 
(0.8) 

1.6 
0.9 
0.9 
– 

– 

– 

(6.4) 
– 
(0.3) 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1.6) 

0.9 

0.9 

0.7 

3.3 

(0.7) 

(3.3) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

Net defined 
benefit obligations 

2018  
£m 
(3.2) 
(0.1) 

1.6 
0.9 
0.9 
(0.2) 

(1.6) 

2017  
£m 
(2.2) 
(0.1) 

(6.4) 
– 
(0.3) 
4.9 

– 

0.9 

0.9 

– 

– 

(0.8) 

(3.2) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

As at the end of the period 

(29.4) 

(32.7) 

30.2 

29.5 

(1.6) 

As at the balance sheet date the defined benefit obligation of £15.1m is due to deferred members and £14.3m to current pensioners. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

87
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  85 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

22.  Retirement benefit obligations continued 

3) The fair value of scheme assets split between those which have a quoted market price in an active market and those which are unquoted 
are as follows: 

Equities 
Bonds 
Insurance policy – unquoted 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total 

2018  
Quoted 
£m 
8.5 
13.4 
– 
0.5 
22.4 

2018 
Unquoted 
£m 
– 
– 
7.8 
– 
7.8 

2018 
Total  
£m 
8.5 
13.4 
7.8 
0.5 
30.2 

2017  
Quoted 
£m 
12.4 
9.0 
– 
0.2 
21.6 

2017 
Unquoted 
£m 
– 
– 
7.9 
– 
7.9 

2017 
Total  
£m 
12.4 
9.0 
7.9 
0.2 
29.5 

The unquoted insurance policy has been valued at an amount equal to the present value of the pensions secured, determined using the 
same actuarial assumptions and methodology as have been used to determine the present value of the obligations under the scheme. 

4) Key assumptions used: 

RPI inflation 
Discount rate 
CPI inflation 

2018  
% 
3.3 
2.5 
2.7 

2017  
% 
3.5 
2.5 
2.7 

The assumptions used by the actuary are the best estimates chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the 
timescale covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice.  The assumptions used for future life expectancy of members of the 
scheme are derived from industry dates and standard tables.  Specifically, the S2NXA and S2 table on a year of birth usage with CMI_2016 
future improvements factors and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% (2017: S2NXA table on a year of birth usage with future 
improvements factors and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% pa).  This results in the following life expectancies: 

  male aged 65 now has life expectancy of 22 years 
  female aged 65 now has life expectancy of 24 years 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 20 years and 16 years for the 
Carpetright and Storey’s schemes respectively (2017: 20 years and 16 years respectively). 

The most significant assumptions are the discount rate, retail and consumer price index and mortality rates, of which the most sensitive 
assumption is the life expectancy.  The table below shows the impact on the present value placed on the plan’s liabilities of the stated 
changes to the actuarial assumptions and has been derived by applying sensitivities determined at the most recent actuarial valuation 
to the projected liability value.  The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in one assumption while holding all others constant.  Therefore 
interdependencies between the assumptions have not been taken into account within the analysis. 

Increase/(decrease) by 0.1% 
Increase/(decrease) by 0.1% 
Increase/(decrease) by 1 year 

Discount rate 
RPI inflation or CPI inflation 
Life expectancy 

2018  
£m 
0.5 
0.2 
1.0 

2017  
£m 
0.6 
0.4 
1.2 

(b) Multi-employer scheme 
The Group’s Dutch subsidiary participates in a multi-employer run industry pension scheme which has arrangements similar to those  
of a defined benefit scheme.  It is not possible to identify the Group’s share of the underlying assets and liabilities of the scheme, and 
therefore, in accordance with IAS 19, the Group has taken the exemption for multi-employer pension schemes not to disclose pension 
scheme assets and liabilities.  Accordingly, although this scheme is a defined benefit scheme it is treated as a defined contribution  
scheme, recognising the contributions payable in each period in the income statement.  Under the terms of the scheme the scheme  
deficit is recovered through increased contributions from participating members.  At the period end, the Group was unable to obtain  
a valuation of the industry scheme’s full surplus or deficit.  The Group was also unable to obtain details concerning the future funding 
requirements, and its participation level relative to the other participants.  Contributions charged to the income statement amounted  
to £1.1m (2017: £1.0m) and expected contribution to this scheme for the financial period 2019 is £1.1m. 

(ii) Defined contribution schemes 
The Company launched a Group Personal Pension Plan in April 2006.  Contributions made by employees are matched by the Company 
to an upper limit.  The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Company and are invested by Royal London.  
Contributions for the period amounted to £1.2m (2017: £1.1m). 

88 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
86  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
  
  
 
 
 
22.  Retirement benefit obligations continued 

In addition, the Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for subsidiary companies in Belgium and the Netherlands.  
The Group makes contributions into the schemes, the assets of which are held separately from those of the Group and are invested 
by local insurance companies.  The contributions by the Group into individual company schemes for the period were a net charge of 
£0.1m (2017: £0.1m) and there were no contributions to industry collective schemes (2017: nil). 

23.  Financial instruments 

(i) Financial risk management objectives and policies 
Risk management 
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise borrowings and overdrafts, cash and cash equivalents.  These financial instruments 
are used to manage funding and liquidity requirements.  Other financial instruments which arise directly from the Group’s operations include 
trade receivables and payables. 

Exposure to credit, liquidity, foreign currency exchange and interest rate risks arise in the normal course of the Group’s business operations 
and each of these risks is managed in accordance with the Group’s treasury risk management strategy, which is also discussed in the 
Financial Review in the section Current liquidity. 

(a) Credit risk 
The Group does not have significant concentrations of credit risk as exposure is spread over a number of counterparties and customers. 

The Group is exposed to a small amount of credit risk that is primarily attributable to its trade and other receivables, the majority of which 
relates to retail customer products held ready for collection (see note 15).  Retail customers are required to settle outstanding balances in 
cash or using a major credit card prior to goods being collected from/delivered by the store. 

The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are reputable banks.  The maximum amount of credit risk is represented 
by the carrying amounts of financial assets. 

(b) Liquidity risk 
The Group finances its operations from a mix of retained profits, bank borrowings achieved through revolving credit agreements  
and overdraft facilities, and a non-bank loan.  Daily cash balances are forecast and surplus cash is placed on treasury deposit with the 
Group’s bankers. 

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments,  
including interest: 

Group 
At 28 April 2018 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

At 29 April 2017 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

Company 
At 28 April 2018 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

At 29 April 2017 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years 
£m 

Over 
5 years 
£m 

58.1 
0.2 
49.1 
107.4 

20.4 
0.3 
69.0 
89.7 

60.6 
0.2 
47.0 
107.8 

25.5 
0.2 
64.7 
90.4 

– 
0.2 
– 
0.2 

– 
0.3 
– 
0.3 

– 
0.2 
– 
0.2 

– 
0.2 
– 
0.2 

– 
0.7 
– 
0.7 

– 
0.8 
– 
0.8 

– 
0.4 
– 
0.4 

– 
0.5 
– 
0.5 

– 
3.4 
– 
3.4 

– 
3.7 
– 
3.7 

– 
0.3 
– 
0.3 

– 
0.6 
– 
0.6 

Total  
£m 

58.1 
4.5 
49.1 
111.7 

20.4 
5.1 
69.0 
94.5 

60.6 
1.1 
47.0 
108.7 

25.5 
1.5 
64.7 
91.7 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

89
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  87 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

23.  Financial instruments continued 

The Group has committed facilities to the end of December 2019 comprising a £45.0m revolving credit facility, a Sterling overdraft of £7.5m 
and a euro overdraft of €2.4m.  At the balance sheet date the Group also had a non-bank loan of £12.5m committed until 31 August 2018.  
Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Group obtained a further non-bank loan of £17.3m, committed until 31 July 2020 and repaid 
the £12.5m facility.  The undrawn amounts on the committed facilities were £7.8m (2017: £32.0m). 

The bank facilities are subject to a number of financial covenants, being a fixed charge cover covenant, an EBITDA covenant and a net debt 
covenant.  The Group is expected to remain in compliance with these covenants; further details on this can be found on page 17 of the 
Strategic Report. 

(c) Foreign exchange risk 
Outside the UK, the Group operates in the Netherlands, Belgium and the Republic of Ireland and had cash balances in Poland.  
Revenues and expenses of these operations are denominated in euros or Zlotys.  The Group mitigates currency risk in respect of the 
net investment in European operations by designating euro denominated borrowings as hedging instruments of euro denominated 
investments in foreign operations. 

If the closing Sterling euro rate had been 0.01 points lower in the period, the exchange difference reported in the statement of 
comprehensive income would have been £0.4m lower (2017: £0.3m lower).  At 28 April 2018, if Sterling had weakened/strengthened  
by 10% against the euro, (loss)/profit after tax for the period would have been £0.7m higher/lower as a result of the translation of the euro 
denominated businesses. 

Financial assets and liabilities and foreign operations are translated at the following rates of exchange: 

Average rate 
Closing rate 

euro 
2018 
1.13 
1.14 

euro 
2017 
1.20 
1.19 

Zloty 
2018 
5.21 
5.01 

Zloty 
2017 
5.21 
5.01 

(d) Interest rate risk 
The Group has various borrowings bearing interest at a margin over LIBOR or EURIBOR rates. 

In accordance with IFRS 7, the Group has undertaken sensitivity analysis on its financial instruments which are affected by changes  
in interest rates.  This analysis has been prepared on the basis of a constant amount of net debt and a constant ratio of fixed to floating 
interest rates as at 28 April 2018 and 29 April 2017 respectively.  Consequently, analysis relates to the situation at those dates and is  
not representative of the periods then ended. 

Based on the Group’s net debt position at the period end, a 1% change in interest rates would affect the Group’s profit before tax  
by approximately £0.5m (2017: £0.1m). 

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group is as follows: 

2018 

2017 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate 
% 
0.1% 
– 
– 
– 
2.8% 
– 

Floating  
rate 
£m 
4.3 
2.0 
0.3 
6.6 
(56.6) 
(1.5) 

Fixed 
rate 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1.7) 
(0.1) 

Interest  
free 
£m 
5.6 
7.7 
– 
13.3 
(41.0) 
(8.1) 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate 
% 
0.2% 
– 
– 
– 
1.8% 
– 

Total 
£m 
9.9 
9.7 
0.3 
19.9 
(99.3) 
(9.7) 

Floating 
rate 
£m 
8.9 
2.8 
0.8 
12.5 
(20.4) 
– 

Fixed 
rate 
 £m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(2.0) 
(0.1) 

Interest  
free 
£m 
6.2 
7.8 
– 
14.0 
(58.8) 
(10.2) 

Total 
£m 
15.1 
10.6 
0.8 
26.5 
(81.2) 
(10.3) 

(58.1) 

(1.8) 

(49.1) 

(109.0) 

(20.4) 

(2.1) 

(69.0) 

(91.5) 

Sterling 
Euro 
Zloty 
Total financial assets 
Sterling 
Euro 
Total financial 
liabilities 

Capital management 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and retain financial flexibility in 
order to continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.  The Group considers capital to be equity and net 
debt.  Net debt is disclosed in note 29. 

The Group manages its capital by: continued focus on free cash flow generation; setting the level of capital expenditure and dividend in  
the context of the current period and forecast free cash flow; and monitoring the level of the Group’s financial and leasehold debt in the 
context of Group performance. 

90 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
88  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  Financial instruments continued 

(ii) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets and liabilities are classified in accordance with IAS 39.  Financial instruments have not been reclassified or derecognised in 
the period.  There are no financial assets which have been pledged or held as collateral.  The Group does not have any financial assets or 
liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement.  There are no available-for-sale financial assets. 

The carrying values of all other financial assets and liabilities are deemed to reflect fair value. 

At cost: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loans and receivables at amortised cost: 

Trade and other receivables 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost: 

Borrowings and overdrafts 
Finance lease obligations 

Financial liabilities at cost: 

Trade and other payables 

Total financial liabilities 

Net financial liabilities 

24.  Share capital  

Group and Company 
At 30 April 2016 
Issue of new shares 
Purchase of own shares – employee benefit trust 
At 29 April 2017 
Issue of new shares 
Transfer of treasury shares to participants 
At 28 April 2018 

Group  

Company 

2018 
Fair value 
 £m 

2017 
Fair value  
£m 

2018 
Fair value 
 £m 

2017 
Fair value 
£m 

6.6 

12.5 

4.3 

9.3 

13.3 
19.9 

14.0 
26.5 

47.3 
51.6 

48.1 
57.4 

(57.8) 
(1.8) 

(20.1) 
(2.2) 

(57.8) 
(0.8) 

(49.4) 
(109.0) 

(69.3) 
(91.6) 

(49.7) 
(108.3) 

(20.1) 
(1.1) 

(70.1) 
(91.3) 

(89.1) 

(65.1) 

(56.7) 

(33.9) 

Number  
of allotted, 
called up and 
fully paid 
ordinary 
shares  
Millions 
67.9 
– 
– 
67.9 
3.4 
– 
71.3 

Nominal 
value per 
share  
£ 
0.01 
– 
– 
0.01 
– 
– 
0.01 

Share capital 
£m 
0.7 
– 
– 
0.7 
– 
– 
0.7 

Share 
premium 
£m 
17.8 
– 
– 
17.8 
1.3 
– 
19.1 

Treasury 
shares 
£m 
(1.3) 
– 
(0.3) 
(1.6) 
– 
0.2 
(1.4) 

Total 
£m 
17.2 
– 
(0.3) 
16.9 
1.3 
0.2 
18.4 

3,396,200 new ordinary shares of £0.01 were issued to an existing shareholder on 20 March 2018 for a consideration of 40.6p per share 
and were issued as part of a shareholder loan. 

The Group’s LTIP was established to grant contingent rights to shares.  Such grants are made on recommendation by the Group’s 
Remuneration Committee.  Shares are purchased by a Trust and held until they are used to satisfy the LTIP awards.  As required by IAS 
32, grants of such shares are classified as Treasury shares and accordingly are deducted from total equity attributable to equity holders of 
the parent.  During the period, the Trust purchased 26,554 ordinary shares (2017: 156,358 shares purchased).  At the period end, the Trust 
held 322,819 (2017: 365,248) ordinary shares of 1p each with a market value of £0.1m (2017: £0.8m). 

The Group also operates a share option scheme under which shares are issued to satisfy share options upon exercise. 

Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Group launched a Placing and Open Offer, raising £63.5m (net of fees).  232,463,221 new 
ordinary shares were issued with a nominal value of £0.01 on 8 June 2018. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

91
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  89 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

25.  Share based payments 

Included within separately reported items is a charge of £0.5m (2017: charge of £1.0m) in respect of equity-settled share based payments. 

The Group’s employee share schemes are described below and additional detail is disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on 
pages 49 to 51.  Scheme participants are either Directors of the Company or employees of the Group.  The costs associated with the 
schemes are accounted for in the Company’s accounts. 

(i) LTIP 
Under this scheme, participants may receive annual awards in the form of contingent entitlements to Company shares.  These entitlements 
are equity-settled through the purchase of existing shares by the administering Trust.  The shares vest three years after award if participants 
remain with the Group during the vesting period and the Group meets targeted levels of performance.  The performance conditions are fully 
described in the Directors’ remuneration report in the section titled Long-term incentives. 

During the period, contingent entitlements to 1,151,689 shares were granted (2017: 1,186,812).  The amount recognised in the income 
statement in respect of all LTIP awards is a charge of £0.1m (2017: charge of £0.2m).  The fair values of the awards, where there is no 
market condition, are valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The Group’s LTIP Trust is administered by Equity Trust (Jersey) 
Limited and waives its right to dividends on the shares held. 

Reconciliation of movements in the 52 week period ended 28 April 2018 

Outstanding at 30 April 2016 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Expired/lapsed 
Outstanding at 29 April 2017 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Lapsed 
Exercised/vested 
Expired/lapsed 
Outstanding at 28 April 2018 

LTIP Sept 2017 
Share  
awards 
‘000s 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1,511.7 
(8.2) 
– 
– 
– 
1,503.5 

LTIP Sept 2016 
Share  
Fair 
awards 
value 
‘000s 
 £m 
– 
– 
–  1,186.8 
(53.4) 
– 
– 
– 
–  1,133.4 
– 
(48.8) 
– 
– 
– 
2.7  1,084.6 

Fair 
value 
 £m 
– 
2.7 
(0.1) 
– 
2.6 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
– 
2.5 

2.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 

LTIP July 2015 
Share  
awards 
‘000s 
456.2 
– 
(19.8) 
– 
436.4 
– 
(19.5) 
– 
– 
– 
416.9 

Fair 
value 
 £m 
2.5 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
2.4 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
– 
2.3 

LTIP July 2014 
Share  
awards 
‘000s 
365.6 
– 
– 
– 
365.6 
– 
– 
(18.3) 
(68.9) 
– 
278.4 

Fair 
value 
 £m 
2.0 
– 
– 
– 
2.0 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
(0.4) 
– 
1.5 

LTIP Jan 2014 
Share 
 awards 
‘000s 
268.5 
– 
(1.8) 
– 
266.7 
– 
– 
(266.7) 
– 
– 
– 

Fair 
value 
£m 
0.9 
– 
– 
– 
0.9 
– 
– 
(0.9) 
– 
– 
– 

Exercisable at 28 April 2018 
Exercisable at 29 April 2017 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

278.4 
– 

1.5 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

The valuation assumptions used in the application of the Black-Scholes model applied to the relevant schemes above are as follows: 

Valuation assumptions 
Fair value per share (pence) 
Share price at grant (pence) 
Exercise price (pence) 
Expected volatility (%)1 
Vesting period (years) 
Dividend yield (%) 
Risk free interest rate (%) 

LTIP  
2017 award 
179 
189 
0.0 
44.0 
3.0 
0.0 
0.4 

LTIP Sept  
2016 award 
231 
241 
0.0 
38.5 
3.0 
0.0 
1.6 

LTIP July  
2015 award 
560 
577 
0.0 
32.4 
3.0 
0.0 
1.0 

LTIP July  
2014 award 
524 
525.5 
0.0 
33.4 
3.0 
0.0 
1.5 

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the three-year period preceding the date of grant.  The risk free interest rate is the yield on zero-coupon UK 

government bonds at the date of grant of the respective awards over a term consistent with the vesting period. 

(ii) Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”) 
The Group operates three and five-year SAYE schemes.  Employees and Executive Directors are invited to subscribe for options over 
shares in the Company at a 20% discount to market price.  The options are ordinarily exercisable within six months from the third or fifth 
anniversary of the grant date.  The entitlement to share options is equity-settled.  Funds for the purchase of Company shares are built up 
through the contribution of a maximum of £500 (2017: £500) per month from salary.  Share options were valued using a Black-Scholes 
option-pricing model.  The cost charged to the income statement in respect of this scheme is £0.4m (2017: £0.8m). 

92 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
90  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  Share based payments continued 

Reconciliation of movements in the period ended 28 April 2018 

SAYE 2018 
3 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2017 

3 yr  
Number  
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr  
Number  
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2016 
3 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2015 
3 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE 2014 
3 yr  
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

5 yr 
Number 
of options  
‘000s 

SAYE  
2013 
5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

SAYE  
2012 
5 yr 
Number 
of options 
‘000s 

Outstanding at  
30 April 2016 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at  
29 April 2017 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Vested 
Outstanding at  
28 April 2018 

Exercisable at  
28 April 2018 
Exercisable at  
29 April 2017 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
487.6  3,264.3 
– 
(24.2)  
– 
– 

197.3 
– 
(146.7) 
– 

39.5 
– 
(29.4) 
– 

548.5 
– 
(467.3) 
– 

134.6 
– 
(91.4) 
– 

104.2 
– 
(63.1) 
– 

– 
274.5 
(56.7) 
– 

– 
45.9 
– 
– 

– 

463.4  3,264.3 
– 
(213.0)  (1,416.2) 
(3.3) 

– 

50.6 
– 
(26.0) 
– 

10.1 
– 
(4.2) 
– 

81.2 
– 
(37.8) 
– 

43.2 
– 
(12.1) 
– 

41.1 
– 
(41.1) 
– 

217.8 

45.9 

250.4  1,844.8 

24.6 

5.9 

43.4 

31.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

43.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

41.1 

21.7 
– 
(14.7) 
– 

7.0 
– 
(2.0) 
– 

6.1 
– 
(3.3) 
– 

2.8 
– 
(1.3) 
– 

5.0 

1.5 

6.2 
– 
(4.4) 
– 

1.8 
– 
(1.8) 
– 

– 

– 

1.5 

– 

– 

2.8 

1.8 

The valuation assumptions used in the application of the Black-Scholes model applied to the relevant schemes above are as follows: 

Valuation assumptions 
Fair value per share (pence) 
Share price at grant (pence) 
Exercise price (pence) 
Expected volatility (%)1 
Vesting period (years) 
Dividend yield (%) 
Risk free interest rate (%) 
Possibility of ceasing 
employment before  
vesting (%) 

SAYE 2018 
3yr 
71 
168 
134 
50.5 
3.0 
– 
0.9 

5yr 
80 
168 
134 
45.3 
5.0 
– 
1.1 

SAYE 2017 
3yr 
62 
162 
130 
43.2 
3.0 
– 
0.3 

5yr 
67 
162 
130 
37.3 
5.0 
– 
0.6 

SAYE 2016 
3yr 
148 
446 
356 
34.3 
3.1 
– 
0.5 

5 yr  
178 
446 
356 
34.7 
5.1 
– 
0.8 

SAYE 2015 
3 yr  
148 
446 
347 
31.5 
3.1 
– 
0.7 

5 yr 
184 
446 
347 
34.8 
5.1 
– 
1.0 

SAYE 2013 
3 yr  
165 
505 
404 
33.7 
3.1 
– 
0.3 

5 yr  
201 
505 
404 
34.8 
5.1 
– 
0.8 

SAYE  
2013 
5 yr 
248 
679 
544 
34.7 
3.1 
– 
2.9 

SAYE  
2011 
5 yr 
339 
679 
554 
39.1 
5.1 
– 
4.9 

40 

50 

40 

50 

40 

50 

40 

50 

40 

50 

40 

40 

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the three or five-year period respectively preceding the date of grant.  The risk free interest rate is the yield on zero-

coupon UK government bonds at the date of grant of the respective awards over a term consistent with the vesting period. 

(iii) All Employee Share Ownership Plan (“AESOP”) 
Carpetright operated an Employee Share Ownership Plan under which employees could contribute up to £125 per month from pre-tax 
salary to purchase Carpetright shares.  The scheme was closed on 12 January 2015 as there were fewer than 50 active participants.   
The Group does not incur a share based payment charge in respect of this scheme since the Company shares have been acquired  
at market value and are not subject to an accumulation period. 

26.  Capital and other financial commitments 

Capital commitments at 28 April 2018 contracted for but not yet incurred are: 

Store equipment 
Intangible assets – software costs 

Group 
2018 
 £m 
– 
0.7 
0.7 

Group 
2017 
£m 
3.4 
0.2 
3.6 

Company 
2018 
£m 
– 
0.7 
0.7 

Company 
2017 
£m 
0.2 
0.2 
0.4 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

93
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  91 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

27.  Operating lease commitments 

At 28 April 2018, the future minimum lease payments in respect of land and buildings and other assets under operating leases are: 

Group 
Operating leases payable: 

Amounts payable within one year 
Amounts payable between one and five years 
Amounts payable after five years 

Company 
Operating leases payable: 

Amounts payable within one year 
Amounts payable between one and five years 
Amounts payable after five years 

2018 

2017 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
 £m 

64.2 
201.3 
142.5 
408.0 

2.1 
3.1 
– 
5.2 

79.6 
263.5 
188.8 
531.9 

2018 

2017 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
 £m 

56.5 
184.0 
130.1 
370.6 

1.8 
2.7 
– 
4.5 

71.9 
245.1 
176.6 
493.6 

Other  
£m 

2.2 
3.3 
– 
5.5 

Other  
£m 

1.9 
2.9 
– 
4.8 

The future minimum lease payments in the table above include the revised committed payments under the terms of the CVA impacting 
the UK business. 

The Group’s operating leases have an average remaining length of 3.8 years (2017: 3 years).  The remaining lease term for UK property 
leases has decreased from 6.3 years to 4.8 years, reflecting the impact of the CVA and in particular, the closure of 81 stores.   

The Group enters into sublease agreements in respect of some of its operating leases for stores.  At the reporting date, the Group had 
contracted with tenants for future minimum operating sublease receipts as shown below: 

Group 
Operating leases receivable: 

Amounts receivable within one year 
Amounts receivable between one and five years 
Amounts receivable after five years 

Company 
Operating leases receivable: 

Amounts receivable within one year 
Amounts receivable between one and five years 
Amounts receivable after five years 

2018 

2017 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
 £m 

Other  
£m 

1.6 
4.3 
2.0 
7.9 

– 
– 
– 
– 

2.1 
5.3 
1.1 
8.5 

– 
– 
– 
– 

2018 

2017 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
 £m 

Other  
£m 

1.5 
3.8 
1.9 
7.2 

– 
– 
– 
– 

1.2 
3.0 
0.6 
4.8 

– 
– 
– 
– 

28.  Contingent liabilities 

The Group has no material contingent liabilities at 28 April 2018. 

The Company’s contingent liabilities derive from guarantees for subsidiaries, which are disclosed in note 29. 

94 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
92  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.  Net (debt)/cash 

Group £m 
Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet 
Bank overdraft 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement 

Current liabilities: 
Current borrowing 
Non-current borrowing 

Obligations under finance leases: 
Current obligations under finance leases 
Non-current obligations under finance leases 

Total net (debt)/cash 

Group £m 
Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet 
Bank overdraft 
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement 

Current liabilities: 
Current borrowing 
Non – Current borrowing 

Obligations under finance leases: 
Current obligations under finance leases 
Non-current obligations under finance leases 

Total net (debt)/cash 

30.  Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities 

Group £m 
Revolving credit facility 
Non-bank loans 
Finance leases 
Liabilities 

Group £m 
Revolving credit facility 
Finance leases 
Liabilities 

Total 
2017 
(13.0) 
– 
(2.2) 
(15.2) 

Total 
2016 
– 
(2.3) 
(2.3) 

Non cash movement 
Other  
non-cash 
– 
1.0 
0.1 
1.1 

Exchange 
differences 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Cash  
flow 
(32.0) 
(12.0) 
0.3 
(43.7) 

Non cash movement 
Other  
non-cash 
– 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 

Exchange 
differences 
– 
– 
– 

Cash  
flow 
(13.0) 
0.3 
(12.7) 

Total 
2017 

12.5 
(7.1) 
5.4 

(13.0) 
– 
(13.0) 

(0.1) 
(2.1) 
(2.2) 
(9.8) 

Cash  
flow 

Exchange 
differences 

Other  
non-cash 

Total 
2018 

(0.9) 

0.3 

– 

(44.0) 
– 
(44.0) 

– 
0.3 
0.3 
(44.6) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
0.3 

1.0 
– 
1.0 

– 
0.1 
0.1 
1.1 

6.6 
(1.8) 
4.8 

(56.0) 
– 
(56.0) 

(0.1) 
(1.7) 
(1.8) 
(53.0) 

Total 
2016 

Cash  
flow 

Exchange 
differences 

Other  
non-cash 

Total 
2017 

8.3 
(7.1) 
1.2 

– 
– 
– 

(0.1) 
(2.2) 
(2.3) 
(1.1) 

3.9 

0.3 

(13.0) 
– 
(13.0) 

– 
0.3 
0.3 
(8.8) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
0.3 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 

12.5 
(7.1) 
5.4 

(13.0) 
– 
(13.0) 

(0.1) 
(2.1) 
(2.2) 
(9.8) 

Total 
2018 
(45.0) 
(11.0) 
(1.8) 
(57.8) 

Total 
2017 
(13.0) 
(2.2) 
(15.2) 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

95
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  93 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Notes to the financial statements continued 

31.  Related parties 

Group 
The Group considers key management to be the Executive Directors only, details of directors’ emoluments and share based payments are 
disclosed on pages 47 to 51 of the Directors’ report. 

Costs incurred by the Group to administer pension schemes amounted to £0.3m in 2018 (2017: £0.3m). 

Company 
The following table provides the total amount of transactions and year end balances with related parties for the relevant financial year. 

Subsidiary undertakings 
2018 
2017 

A full list of subsidiaries is detailed in note 13. 

Sales of 
goods  
£m 

Provision  
of services  
£m 

Amounts due 
from related 
parties  
£m 

Amounts due 
to related 
parties  
£m 

Total  
£m 

0.5 
1.1 

0.5 
0.6 

1.0 
1.7 

41.3 
41.7 

7.0 
9.6 

The Company guarantees bank and other borrowings of subsidiary undertakings.  At the period-end there were nil drawn borrowings  
(2017: nil). 

32.  Events after the reporting period 

There have been several post balance sheet events arising from the ongoing restructuring of the business. 

On 12 April 2018 the Group launched a Company Voluntary Arrangement (“CVA”) impacting its UK business.  While the launch and 
creditors’ vote occurred before the year end, shareholder approval and cessation of the mandatory challenge period occurred after the year 
end.  The CVA was approved and became effective on 30 April 2018.  The shareholder approval and end of the challenge period are 
considered to be adjusting post balance sheet events, with the full impact of the approved CVA reflected in the financial results for the 52 
week period ended 28 April 2018. 

The Group completed the refinancing of its existing facilities on 11 May 2018, which came into effect on receipt of the Placing and Open 
Offer proceeds on 11 June 2018.  The refinancing including committed banking facilities totalling £54.6 m, consisting of £45.0m revolving 
credit facility (“RCF”), £7.5m Sterling overdraft and €2.4m euro overdraft facility.  The facilities are committed until 31 December 2019. 

Pursuant to a loan note agreement dated 11 May 2018, Meditor, a significant shareholder, made available to the Company a Sterling loan 
note of net £15.0m (Gross: £17.25m which includes a £2.25m arrangement fee).  The Meditor Loan Note was drawn by the Company in a 
single utilisation on 11 May 2018 and is committed until 31 July 2020.  The short-term non-bank loan of £12.5m issued in March 2018 was 
repaid on 13 June 2018. 

The Group launched a Placing and Open Offer on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange on 18 May 2018, with 232,463,221 
new ordinary shares issued on 8 June 2018.  Net receipts of £63.5m (£65.1m gross) were received on 11 June 2018. 

As a consequence of large asset impairments booked towards the end of the 52 week period, goodwill in particular, the value of the 
Company’s net assets fell below half of its called up share capital.  It is a requirement of the Companies Act that where the net assets of a 
public company are half or less of its called up share capital, the directors must call a general meeting of the company to consider whether 
any, and if so what, steps should be taken to deal with the situation.  Accordingly, a general meeting held on 6 June 2018 approved the 
Resolutions such that the Placing and Open Offer and CVA became unconditional.  Following receipt of the Placing and Open Offer 
proceeds, the value of the Company’s net assets were greater than half of its called up share capital. 

The company announced on 12 April 2018 that it had identified a technical breach with respect to compliance with the borrowing powers 
in its Articles and published a Shareholder circular including resolutions to ratify the breach and amend the Articles to prevent future 
breaches.  The resolutions were passed at the Shareholder meeting on 30 April 2018. 

96 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
94  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group five-year financial summary 

Summarised income statements: 
Revenue 
Gross profit 
Underlying EBITDA 
Operating (loss)/profit 
Underlying operating (loss)/profit 
Net finance costs 
Underlying (loss)/profit before tax 
Separately reported items 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
Tax 
(Loss)/profit for the financial period 
Extracts from balance sheets: 
Non-current assets 
Net assets 
Net (debt)/cash 
Ratios and statistics: 
Number of stores at period end 
Total space (sq ft – gross) ‘000 
Gross margin (%) 
Underlying EBITDA (%) 
Underlying (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 
Basic (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m 

2016 
£m 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m 

443.8 
249.6 
6.4  
(67.7) 
(5.9) 
(2.8) 
(8.7) 
(61.8) 
(70.5) 
6.3 
(64.2) 

138.9 
19.3 
(53.0) 

457.6 
269.4 
28.6 
2.9 
16.4 
(2.0) 
14.4 
(13.5) 
0.9 
(0.2) 
0.7 

176.9 
78.0 
(9.8) 

545 
4,908 
56.2% 
1.4% 
(6.8p) 
(94.6p) 

564 
5,051 
58.9% 
6.3% 
16.4p 
1.0p 

456.8 
274.2 
32.8 
14.8 
20.3 
(2.0) 
18.3 
(5.5) 
12.8 
(2.7) 
10.1 

169.0 
74.0 
(1.1) 

572 
5,150 
60.0% 
7.2% 
20.8p 
14.9p 

469.8 
287.2 
29.4 
8.2 
15.8 
(1.6) 
14.2 
(7.6) 
6.6 
(2.1) 
4.5 

171.4 
59.5 
0.5 

597 
5,444 
61.1% 
6.3% 
15.5p 
6.7p 

447.7 
275.9 
20.8 
(4.9) 
6.9 
(2.3) 
4.6 
(11.8) 
(7.2) 
3.6 
(3.6) 

185.4 
61.1 
(11.1) 

614 
5,630 
61.6% 
4.6% 
4.7p 
(5.3p) 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

97
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  95 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report 

to the members of Carpetright plc 

Report on the financial statements 

Opinion 
In our opinion, Carpetright plc’s group financial statements and 
company financial statements (the “financial statements”): 

  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 

company’s affairs as at 28 April 2018 and of the group’s loss and 
the group’s and the company’s cash flows for the 52 week period 
(the “period”) then ended; 

  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union and, as regards the company’s financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and 

  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual 
Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the 
group and company balance sheets as at 28 April 2018; the group 
income statement and statement of comprehensive income, the 
group and company statements of cash flows, and the group and 
company statements of changes in equity for the 52 week period 
then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include 
a description of the significant accounting policies. 

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law.  
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the 
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report.  We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We remained independent of the group in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements. 

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the group or the company. 

Other than those disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements, 
we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the 
company in the period from 30 April 2017 to 28 April 2018. 

Material uncertainty relating to going concern – Group and 
Parent Company 
In forming our opinion on the financial statements, which is not 
modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosures 
made in note 1 concerning the Group’s and Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.   

Explanation of material uncertainty  
The Group’s forecast for the 18 months from approval of these 
financial statements contains assumptions over the trading 
performance of the existing businesses and cost saving measures.  
Each of these items is subject to a level of uncertainty.   

As noted on page 63, the Group and Parent Company meet their 
day-to-day working capital requirements through their debt facilities 
and available cash resources.  The principal banking facility includes 
a revolving credit facility of £45.0 m, a Sterling overdraft of £7.5m 
and a euro overdraft of €2.4 m, all of which are committed to the 
end of December 2019.  The Meditor non-bank loan of £17.3m is 
committed to July 2020.  The principal banking facilities are subject 
to a number of financial covenants, comprising a fixed charge cover 
covenant, an EBITDA covenant and a net debt covenant.   

These covenants are subject to testing at 28 July 2018, 27 October 
2018, 26 January 2019 and 27 April 2019 within the 12 months 
from the approval of these financial statements.  The rolling EBITDA 
covenant is the covenant with the least headroom over the next 
18 months.  The forecasts have been updated for actual trading 
to week seven and latest view of trading to the end of June 2018.  
Trading for this period has been particularly challenging involving 
a number of factors including the combined impact of hot weather, 
the Royal Wedding and a shortage of inventory while arrangements 
with suppliers were resolved.  The forecasts have been sensitised to 
reflect these conditions continuing. 

As part of the board’s assessment of going concern, trading and 
working capital requirements, forecasts have been prepared 
covering a 12 month period from June 2018.  These forecasts have 
been subjected to a sensitivity testing, which, while not anticipated 
by the board, reflects a continuation of the very recent challenging 
trading conditions throughout the whole of this forecast 12 month 
period.  If the Group’s forecast is not achieved, there is a risk that 
the Group will not meet its financial covenants and, should such a 
situation materialise, the facilities may be cancelled and all or part of 
the utilisation and all other amounts accrued or outstanding would 
be immediately due and payable. 

These conditions, along with the other matters explained in 
note 1 to the financial statements, indicate the existence of a 
material uncertainty which may cast significant doubt about the 
Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern.  The financial statements do not include the adjustments 
that would result if the Group and Parent Company were unable to 
continue as a going concern. 

Given the matters noted above, the directors have drawn attention 
to this in disclosing a material uncertainty relating to going concern 
in the basis of preparation to the Annual Accounts. 

What audit procedures we performed  
In concluding there is a material uncertainty, our audit procedures 
included the following: 

  we obtained management’s cash flow models and the downside 
scenarios modelled.  We checked that the downside sensitivities 
applied were correctly included in the model and considered 
the appropriateness of the key assumptions in the models.  We 
challenged management on whether the downside sensitivities 
modelled were severe enough and ensured that management ran 
an additional downside sensitivity which included a further decrease 
in revenue and reduction in gross margin;  

  we traced the £63.5m (net of fees) receipt of funds to bank 

statements, read the revised revolving credit facility and Meditor 
loan contracts and agreed the underlying terms to the assumptions 
in the model; 
  we tested that: 

–  the underlying liquidity calculations were mathematically 

accurate; 

98 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
96  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

–  the liquidity headroom and the forecast covenant calculations 
were correctly calculated based on the cash flow models and 
the terms of the underlying contracts; 

  we sensitised the cash flows further to determine the reduction in 

EBITDA and revenue which would result in a covenant breach; and 
  we considered the potential mitigating actions available to manage 

covenant compliance.   

Having performed the above procedures, we concluded there is a 
reasonably possible scenario where the EBITDA covenant may be 
breached within 12 months from the date of our report.  On this basis 
we agree with management’s assessment that a material uncertainty 
exists which may cast significant doubt regarding the Group’s and 
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

Context 
A downturn in consumer spending in the post-Christmas trading 
period combined with legacy property issues and a challenging 
economic environment resulted in the Group announcing on 12 
March 2018 that it proposed to implement a Company Voluntary 
Arrangement (“CVA”) and its intention to raise at least £60m through 
a proposed Placing and Open offer.  The CVA was successfully 
voted through by the Creditors 0n 26 April 2018 and there were no 
challenges during the CVA challenge period.  The Placing and Open 
offer was successfully concluded on 8 June 2018. 

These factors when combined with the Group’s activities has resulted 
in our audit focus on: impairment of freehold and long leasehold 
properties, impairment of store assets and onerous leases, valuation 
of goodwill, separately reported items and going concern. 

Our audit approach 

Overview 

Materiality

  Overall group materiality: £2.2m (2017: £2.3m), based on 0.5% of Group revenues. 
  Overall company materiality: £1.8m (2017: £1.9m), based on 0.5% of Company revenues. 

Audit scope

Areas of 
focus

–  We performed a full scope audit of the UK and Republic of Ireland segments which accounted for 

83% of the Group revenues and 64% of the Group’s loss on an absolute basis. 

–  Impairment of freehold and long-leasehold properties (Group and parent). 
–  Impairment of store assets and onerous leases (Group and parent). 
–  Valuation of goodwill (Group and parent). 
–  Separately reported items (Group). 

The scope of our audit 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.  In 
particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.   

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the group and the industry in which it operates, and 
considered the risk of acts by the group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud.  We designed audit 
procedures at group and significant component level to respond to the risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, 
for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.  We focused on laws and regulations that could give rise to a 
material misstatement in the group and company financial statements, including, but not limited to the Companies Act 2006, the Listing 
Rules, Pensions legislation, UK tax legislation.  Our tests included, but were not limited to, agreeing the financial statement disclosures 
to underlying supporting documentation, inspecting correspondence with regulators, inspection of correspondence with legal advisors, 
enquiries of management, reading of internal audit reports in so far as they related to the financial statements.  There are inherent limitations 
in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and 
transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. 

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, including fraud.  As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors 
that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.   

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.  These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  In addition to going concern, described in the Material uncertainty relating to going 
concern section above, we determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report.  This 
is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.   

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

99
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  97 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

Impairment of freehold and long-leasehold properties 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 5 (Separately reported items), 
Note 11 (Property, plant and equipment) and to the Audit Committee 
Report on page 32. 

The Group owns freehold and long-leasehold stores in the UK and 
in Europe.  We focused on the risk that the carrying value of the 
properties, including the fixed assets attributable to these stores, 
may be overstated and that an impairment charge may be required. 

Having identified that impairment triggers existed at the period end, 
the directors compared the carrying value of the assets against the 
higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell.  In doing so 
the directors treated each store as a separate cash-generating unit 
(“CGU”) and valued it at the higher of the value in use calculations or 
the market value of the properties and their assets. 

The value-in-use calculations are based on a five year perpetuity 
model using the growth assumptions within the five year plan as 
applied to each store, with the resulting cash flows discounted at the 
asset-specific pre-tax discount rate of 8.9% for the properties based 
in the UK and 9.6% for the properties based in the Netherlands. 

The fair values are taken from third party valuations carried out by 
an independent valuer between November 2017 and January 2018; 
these valuations are based on market value assuming a ten year sale 
and leaseback arrangement. 

The directors’ impairment review resulted in an impairment charge of 
£5.1m in the current period. 

We focused on this area because of the magnitude of the carrying 
value of the underlying assets and because of the significant 
judgement required in determining the fair value and the value in use 
of each store, particularly regarding the sales and operating margins, 
growth rates, and discount rates. 

Group and parent 

  We tested the directors’ assessment of impairment triggers and 
were satisfied that it appropriately took into account both internal 
and external indicators, including the trading performance of each 
cash generating unit (“CGU”) and market conditions. 

We assessed the third party valuations based on our 
understanding of the UK and European commercial property 
market and an independent benchmarking analysis performed 
by our property valuation experts to consider whether the 
assumptions used in the estimation of the market value were 
reasonable.  Our analysis found that there had been no material 
change in the commercial property market from the date the third 
party valuations had been carried out (between November 2017 
and December 2018) to the April 2018 period end.  We found the 
methodology to be appropriate for fair value and the valuation to be 
reasonable at the period end. 

We tested the value-in-use models, including comparing the 
forecasts used in them to the latest five year plan approved by the 
Board, and tested the accuracy of underlying calculations.  We 
sensitised the model by applying a higher discount rate.  No 
material exceptions were noted. 

We tested the directors’ key assumptions, in particular: 

  the sales growth and margin improvement plans by comparing 
these assumptions to recent results for the Group and to third 
party analysts’ reports, market data, the general state of the 
economy and anticipated growth in each relevant territory, to 
assess their reasonableness; 

  the long-term growth rate by comparing the assumptions to the 
retail sector as a whole and forecasts of the wider economy in 
each relevant territory; and 

  the discount rate by assessing the cost of capital for the Group.  
The pre-tax discount rate used in the directors’ impairment 
model for freehold and long leasehold properties of is within the 
range that we independently estimated based on market data 
and analysis of comparable companies – as applied to fixed 
tangible assets. 

We performed sensitivity analysis and noted that in order for a 
material impairment charge to arise, the key assumptions specified 
above would need to change significantly.  Based on our 
knowledge of the business and of the retail industry amongst other 
factors, we considered that the likelihood for such changes in the 
key assumptions to be relatively low. 

Impairment of store assets and onerous leases 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 5 (Separately reported items), Note 
11 (Property, plant and equipment), Note 20 (Provisions for liabilities 
and charges) and to the Audit Committee Report on page 32. 

The Group operates a number of short leasehold stores.  The assets 
relating to these stores mainly comprise leasehold improvements 
and fixtures and fittings.  These are considered for impairment 
annually by the directors reviewing loss making stores.  For all 
stores that have made a loss in the year, the store assets are 
written down to higher of value in use and fair value less costs 
to sell. An impairment charge of £5.7m was booked as a result 
of underlying store performances, including those loss-making 
stores earmarked for closure by the end of September 2018 under 
the CVA arrangements.   

Furthermore, consideration was given to leases where the stores 
have been closed or are loss-making to the extent that they cannot 
cover their unavoidable property costs and are therefore classified as 
onerous leases.  A review by management of the store portfolio as 

100 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
98  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

  We tested the directors’ assessment of impairment triggers for the 
store assets, making sure store assets at all loss-making stores 
had been written down to the higher of value in use and fair value 
less costs to sell. 

With respect to the provision for onerous leases, we checked 
that stores assessed for onerous contracts are those that were 
identified, and whose assets were impaired, following the store 
impairment review. 

We tested the value in use models, including comparing the 
forecasts included to the latest five year plan approved by the 
Board, which takes into account the current challenging trading 
environment, and testing the accuracy of underlying calculations.  
No material exceptions were noted.   

We checked that the stores earmarked for closure as part of the 
CVA process had been included in the onerous lease provision as 
at the year end.  We checked that the provision in relation to these 
stores covers five months to the end of September 2018 in line 
with the CVA agreement.  We recalculated the acceleration of the 

 
lease incentives that were relevant to these stores by tracing 
a sample of the opening amount on a store by store basis to 
underlying lease agreements and supporting schedules.  We 
assessed the appropriateness of the downside sales and gross 
margin scenario used for the CVA stores by comparing these to 
the actual performance of such stores in the first month post-CVA 
(May 2018).   

part of the CVA process initiated during the year resulted in a revised 
assessment of the onerous lease costs for loss-making stores.   

A £14.0m provision for onerous leases remained on the balance 
sheet at the April 2018 period end.  This will partially be utilised 
against stores earmarked for closure during the first half of the 
financial year 2019 under the CVA arrangement.  The remainder is 
for stores in the Republic of Ireland and UK stores not subject to 
the CVA. 

The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the 
expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost 
of continuing with the contract.  The provision is based on a review 
of the lease contracts and the directors’ estimate of the timings to 
exit the leases.  These estimates are based upon available 
information and knowledge of the property market.  The ultimate 
costs to be incurred in this regard may vary from the estimates.   

Group and parent 

Valuation of goodwill 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 5 (Separately reported items), 
Note 10 (Intangible assets) and the Audit Committee Report on 
page 32. 

The Group’s goodwill balances relate to historical acquisitions of the 
UK and Dutch businesses and had a combined carrying value of 
£53.6m at the beginning of the period.   

Management has identified two cash-generating units (CGUs) 
supporting goodwill which are the UK and Europe, being the 
Netherlands and Belgium.  The goodwill allocated to each CGU at 
the start of the period was £29.8m to the UK and £23.8m to Europe.

The significant downturn in trading in FY2018 resulted in an 
impairment of goodwill.  The directors compared the Group’s 
goodwill balances to the expected future discounted cash flows of 
the individual cash-generating units.   

The assumptions made by the directors in the annual impairment 
review included: 

  the growth and operating margin within the five year plan as applied 

to each CGU; 

  the Group discount rate (pre-tax 9.7%); and 
  the long-term sales and operating profit growth. 

An impairment of £34.7m has been recognised, comprising £29.8m 
relating to the UK and £4.9m in the Netherlands.   

We focused on valuation of goodwill because of the downturn in 
the Group’s trading and because of the judgement required in the 
impairment assessment.   

Group and parent 

  We tested the value-in-use models, including comparing the 

forecasts used in them to the latest five year plan approved by the 
Board, and testing the accuracy of the underlying calculations.  No 
material exceptions were noted. 

We tested the directors’ key assumptions, in particular: 

  the sales growth and margin improvement plans by comparing 
these assumptions to recent results and to third party analysts’ 
reports, market data, the general state of the economy and 
anticipated growth in each relevant territory, to assess their 
reasonableness. 

  the long-term growth rate by comparing the assumptions to the 
retail sector as a whole and forecasts for the wider economy in 
each relevant territory; and 

  the discount rate used by assessing the cost of capital for the 
business.  The Group discount rate used in the directors’ 
impairment models of 9.7% (pre-tax discount rate) is just outside 
the range that we independently estimated.  We determined that 
applying our independently estimated discount rate would not give 
rise to a material variance from the impairment charge booked. 

We performed sensitivity analyses for the assumptions specified 
above to identify the extent to which these needed to change to 
result in a material impairment charge. 

Based on our knowledge of the business and of the retail industry 
amongst other factors, we considered the likelihood that changes 
of the required magnitude in the key assumptions to result in a 
material impairment to be relatively low.  We also considered 
that the disclosure made in the financial statements regarding the 
assumptions and the sensitivities drew appropriate attention to the 
more significant areas of judgement. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

101
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  99 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

Separately reported items 
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies and Critical accounting 
estimates and judgments), Note 5 (Separately reported items) and 
to the Audit Committee Report on page 32. 

The Annual Report includes Alternative Performance Measures 
(‘APMs’); primarily ‘Underlying performance’ and ‘Separately 
reported items’.  Underlying performance is presented before 
the impact of ‘Separately reported items’ (“SRI”).  The net total 
SRI charge is £62.3m at the year end, including the Goodwill 
impairment of £34.7m, Store asset and Freehold impairment of 
£10.8m, CVA professional fees of £6.9m, Reorganisation provisions 
of £3.8m and the net Onerous lease charge of £2.3m.  Other items 
included in SRI are £2.3m loss on disposal and exit of properties, 
£1.5m ERP dual running costs, £0.5m share-based payment 
charge, £0.3m legacy pension scheme administration cost and a 
£0.8m net credit arising from CVA stores step rent releases (£2.8m 
credit to income statement) and CVA store closure costs (£2m debit 
to income statement). 

We focused on completeness, accuracy, as well as presentation 
and disclosure of the SRI because of the quantum of the balance 
and of its importance to the users’ understanding of the underlying 
performance of the business. 

Group 

  We considered whether the SRI recorded were recognised and 
presented in accordance with the Group’s disclosed accounting 
policy.  We agreed that due to either the material quantum of the 
amounts or their non-underlying nature it was appropriate to 
classify these as SRI. 

In relation to the specific types of cost incurred: 

  We assessed the different types of costs incurred and the point 
an obligation was established to determine whether these were 
recognised in the correct accounting period. 

  For reorganisation costs, we checked that management’s 

computation reflected the communication of the methodology 
announced to employees in April 2018 and agreed details such 
as average salaries by department to supporting audit evidence 
including payroll reports and employee communication pack.   
  For CVA professional fees we traced these to relevant agreements 
and invoices, checking that the services provided were incurred 
and were directly associated with administering the CVA and 
equity raise. 

Our audit procedures over the goodwill impairment, freehold 
and long-leasehold properties impairment, store assets and the 
net onerous lease charge are described in the key audit 
matters above. 

We have tested completeness of the SRI by reviewing the post-
balance sheet events. 

We found no material exceptions from our testing. 

In our testing of disclosures in the Annual Report we focused on 
disclosures of SRI in Note 5 and Alternative Performance Measures 
and that these were explained and presented alongside statutory 
measures.  We also considered the outcome of the Audit 
Committee’s own review which concluded the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced, and understandable. 

102 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
100 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate. 

The Group is structured across two segments, being the UK and Rest of Europe, with the majority of trading occurring in the UK segment.  
The Rest of Europe segment comprises three reporting units, being the Republic of Ireland, the Netherlands and Belgium. 

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we identified that the UK segment and the Republic of Ireland reporting units 
required an audit of their complete financial information as they form part of the Carpetright plc Company and were subject to full scope 
audit as they were considered financially significant to the group and the parent company.  This was performed by the Group audit team. 

The Group team assessed the appropriateness, completeness and accuracy of group journals and other adjustments performed on the 
consolidation and obtained an understanding of internal control environment related to the financial reporting process.  For the Netherlands 
and Belgium reporting units, which were not individually significant to the Group, the Group audit team have performed audit procedures 
on a number of judgmental areas.  These include testing the onerous lease provision and impairment testing of goodwill, freehold and long 
leasehold properties and store assets. 

Materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality.  We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality.  These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually 
and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.   

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Overall materiality 

£2.2m (2017: £2.3m). 

£1.8m (2017: £1.9m). 

Group Financial Statements  

Company Financial Statements 

How we determined it 

0.5% of Group revenues. 

0.5% of Company revenues. 

Rationale for benchmark applied  Consistent with the prior period, we have used 

revenues as a benchmark given the high level of 
fixed costs in the business and because a small 
fluctuation in revenue can result in a significant 
fluctuation of profit before tax. 

Consistent with the prior period, we have used 
revenues as a benchmark given the high level of 
fixed costs in the business and because a small 
fluctuation in revenue can result in a significant 
fluctuation of profit before tax.   

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality.  The materiality 
allocated to the only component in the scope of our group audit (being the Company) was £1.8m.   

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.1m (2017: £0.1m) 
(Group audit and Company audit) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

Going concern 
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows: 

Reporting obligation 

Outcome 

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or 
draw attention to in respect of the directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate 
to  adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements and the directors’ identification of any material 
uncertainties  to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements. 

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to other 
than the material uncertainty we have described in the ‘Material 
uncertainty relating to going concern’ section above.  Because not 
all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is 
not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. 

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to 
Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit. 

Other than the material uncertainty we have described in the 
‘Material uncertainty relating to going concern’ section above, we 
have nothing to report. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

103
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  101 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

Reporting on other information  
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon.  The directors are responsible for the other information.  Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form 
of assurance thereon.   

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated.  If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information.  If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.  We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities. 

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 
2006 have been included.   

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs 
(UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described 
below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated). 

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
for the period ended 28 April 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.  (CA06) 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did 
not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.  (CA06) 

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the group 
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding: 

  The directors’ confirmation on page 19 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 

group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 

  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated. 
  The directors’ explanation on page 19 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period they 
have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Other than the material uncertainty we have described in the going concern section above, we have nothing to report having performed a 
review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the group and statement in 
relation to the longer-term viability of the group.  Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making 
inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge 
and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.  (Listing Rules) 

Other Code Provisions 
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when:  

  The statement given by the directors, on page 58, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 

understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the group and company obtained in the course of performing 
our audit. 

  The section of the Annual Report on pages 30 and 34 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the Audit Committee. 

  The directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.  (CA06) 

104 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
102 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

 
 
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements 
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities set out on page 57, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.  The 
directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.  
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This description forms part of our auditors’ report. 

Use of this report 
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose.  We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing. 

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

105
www.carpetright.plc.uk  |  103 

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Financial statements continued 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Carpetright plc continued 

Other required reporting 

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 
  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or 

  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
  the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.   

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.   

Appointment 
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the directors on 22 September 2004 to audit the financial 
statements for the period ended 30 April 2005 and subsequent financial periods.  Following a competitive tender which concluded in 
May 2016 and was reported in the 2016 Annual Report, we were re-appointed.  The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 14 years, 
covering the periods ended 30 April 2005 to 28 April 2018. 

Julian Jenkins  
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
26 June 2018 

106 |  Annual report and accounts 2018
104 |  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 

Shareholder information 

Calendar  

2018 
Annual General Meeting 
First-half trading update 
First-half ends 
Interim results announcement 

2019 
Q3 trading update 
Pre-close trading update 
Year ends 

Advisers 

Financial advisers 
Deutsche Bank AG 
1 Great Winchester Street 
London 
EC2N 2DB 

Solicitors 
Travers Smith LLP 
10 Snow Hill 
London 
EC1A 2AL 

6 September 
16 October 
27 October 
11 December 

22 January 
25 April 
27 April 

Registrars 
Computershare Investor Services plc 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol 
BS99 6ZY 

Company secretary and 
registered office 
Jeremy Sampson 
Carpetright plc 
Purfleet Bypass 
Purfleet 
Essex 
RM19 1TT 
Telephone: 01708 802000 

Registered in England & Wales with number 
2294875 

Stockbrokers 
Deutsche Bank AG 
1 Great Winchester Street 
London 
EC2N 2DB 

Peel Hunt 
111 Old Broad Street 
London 
EC2N 1PH 

Independent auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and  
Statutory Auditors 
1 Embankment Place 
London 
WC2N 6RH 

Bankers 
National Westminster Bank plc 
Tooting Branch 
30 Tooting High Street 
London 
SW17 0RG 

The paper used in this report is produced with FSC® mixed sources 
pulp with is partially recyclable, biodegradable, pH Neutral, heavy 
metal absence and acid-free.  It is manufactured within a mill which 
complies with the international environmental ISA 14001 standard.
FSC®   – Forest Stewardship Council®.  This guarantees that the  
paper comes from well managed forests and other controlled  
sources through to the finished document in the printing factory.

Printed at Pureprint, which is FSC® certified and ISO 14001 certified. 
Pureprint Ltd is a Carbon Neutral® Printing Company.

Designed and produced by Black Sun Plc.

www.blacksunplc.com

www.carpetright.plc.uk  |

107

Strategic reportShareholder informationFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C

a

r

p

e

t

r

i

g

h

t

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Carpetright plc
Purfleet Bypass
Purfleet, Essex RM19 1TT
Telephone +44 (0)1708 802000
www.carpetright.co.uk
www.carpetright.plc.uk